Pharmaceutical compositions comprising GPR119 agonists which act as peptide YY (PYY) secretagogues

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to methods of using GPR119 receptor to identify peptide YY (PYY) secretagogues and compounds useful in the treatment of conditions modulated by PYY, such as conditions modulated by stimulation of NPY Y2 receptor (Y2R). Agonists of GPR119 receptor are useful as therapeutic agents for treating or preventing a condition modulated by PYY, such as a condition modulated by stimulation of Y2R. Conditions modulated by PYY such as may be a condition modulated by stimulation of Y2R include bone-related conditions, metabolic disorders, angiogenesis-related conditions, ischemia-related conditions, convulsive disorders, malabsorptive disorders, cancers, and inflammatory disorders.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.12/765,406, filed Apr. 22, 2010 (now U.S. Pat. No. 8,486,646), which isa divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/391,097, filed Feb. 23,2009 (now U.S. Pat. No. 7,838,254), which claims priority to U.S.Provisional Application No. 61/123,273, filed on Apr. 7, 2008 (nowexpired). The disclosures of the prior applications are considered partof and are incorporated by reference in their entirety in thisapplication.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to methods of using GPR119 receptor toidentify peptide YY (PYY) secretagogues and compounds useful in thetreatment of conditions modulated by PYY, such as conditions modulatedby stimulation of NPY Y2 receptor (Y2R). Agonists of GPR119 receptor areuseful as therapeutic agents for treating or preventing a conditionmodulated by PYY, such as a condition modulated by stimulation of Y2R.Conditions modulated by PYY such as may be a condition modulated bystimulation of Y2R include bone-related conditions, metabolic disorders,angiogenesis-related conditions, ischemia-related conditions, convulsivedisorders, malabsorptive disorders, cancers, and inflammatory disorders.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The following discussion is intended to facilitate the understanding ofthe invention, but is not intended nor admitted to be prior art to theinvention.

A. Osteoporosis

Osteoporosis is a disabling disease characterized by the loss of bonemass and microarchitectural deterioration of skeletal structure leadingto compromised bone strength, which predisposes a patient to increasedrisk of fragility fractures. Osteoporosis affects more than 75 millionpeople in Europe, Japan and the United States, and causes more than 2.3million fractures in Europe and the United States alone. In the UnitedStates, osteoporosis affects at least 25% of all post-menopausal whitewomen, and the proportion rises to 70% in women older than 80 years. Onein three women older than 50 years will have an osteoporotic fracturethat causes a considerable social and financial burden on society. Thedisease is not limited to women; older men also can be affected. By2050, the worldwide incidence of hip fracture in men is projected toincrease by 310% and 240% in women. The combined lifetime risk for hip,forearm, and vertebral fractures presenting clinically is around 40%,equivalent to the risk for cardiovascular disease. Osteoporoticfractures therefore cause substantial mortaility, morbidity, andeconomic cost. With an ageing population, the number of osteoporoticfractures and their costs will at least double in the next 50 yearsunless effective preventive strategies are developed. (See, e.g., Atiket al., Clin Orthop Relat Res (2006) 443:19-24; Raisz, J Clin Invest(2005) 115:3318-3325; and World Health Organization Technical ReportSeries 921 (2003), Prevention and Management of Osteoporosis.)

B. Obesity and Diabetes

Obesity is a major public health concern because of its increasingprevalence and associated health risks. Moreover, obesity may affect aperson's quality of life through limited mobility and decreased physicalendurance as well as through social, academic and job discrimination.

Obesity and being overweight are generally defined by body mass index(BMI), which is correlated with total body fat and serves as a measureof the risk of certain diseases. BMI is calculated by weight inkilograms divided by height in meters squared (kg/m²). Overweight istypically defined as a BMI of 25-29.9 kg/m², and obesity is typicallydefined as a BMI of 30 kg/m² or higher. See, e.g., National Heart, Lung,and Blood Institute, Clinical Guidelines on the Identification,Evaluation, and Treatment of Overweight and Obesity in Adults, TheEvidence Report, Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Health and HumanServices, NIH publication no. 98-4083 (1998).

Recent studies have found that obesity and its associated health risksare not limited to adults, but also affect children and adolescents to astartling degree. According to the Center for Disease Control, thepercentage of children and adolescents who are defined as overweight hasmore than doubled since the early 1970s, and about 15 percent ofchildren and adolescents are now overweight. Risk factors for heartdisease, such as high cholesterol and high blood pressure, occur withincreased frequency in overweight children and adolescents compared withnormal-weight subjects of similar age. Also, type 2 diabetes, previouslyconsidered an adult disease, has increased dramatically in children andadolescents. Overweight conditions and obesity are closely linked totype 2 diabetes. It has recently been estimated that overweightadolescents have a 70% chance of becoming overweight or obese adults.The probability increases to about 80% if at least one parent isoverweight or obese. The most immediate consequence of being overweightas perceived by children themselves is social discrimination.

Overweight or obese individuals are at increased risk for ailments suchas hypertension, dyslipidemia, type 2 (non-insulin dependent) diabetes,insulin resistance, glucose intolerance, hyperinsulinemia, coronaryheart disease, angine pectoris, congestive heart failure, stroke,gallstones, cholescystitis, cholelithiasis, gout, osteoarthritis,obstructive sleep apnea and respiratory problems, gall bladder disease,certain forms of cancer (e.g., endometrial, breast, prostate, and colon)and psychological disorders (such as depression, eating disorders,distorted body image and low self esteem). The negative healthconsequences of obesity make it the second leading cause of preventabledeath in the United States and impart a significant economic andpsychosocial effect on society. See, e.g., McGinnis et al, JAMA (1993)270:2207-2212.

Obesity is now recognized as a chronic disease that requires treatmentto reduce its associated health risks. Although weight loss is animportant treatment outcome, one of the main goals of obesity managementis to improve cardiovascular and metabolic values to reduceobesity-related morbidity and mortality. It has been shown that 5-10%loss of body weight can substantially improve metabolic values, such asblood glucose, blood pressure, and lipid concentrations. Hence, it isbelieved that a 5-10% reduction in body weight may reduce morbidity andmortality.

Currently available prescription drugs for managing obesity generallyreduce weight by decreasing dietary fat absorption, as with orlistat, orby creating an energy deficit be reducing food intake and/or increasingenergy expenditure, as seen with sibutramine. The search foralternatives to presently available antiobesity agents has taken severalpaths one of which has focused on certain gut peptides that have beenimplicated in modulating satiety such as peptide YY (PYY) (Chaudhri etal, Annu Rev Physiol (2008) 70:239-255).

C. Atherosclerosis

Atherosclerosis is a complex disease characterized by inflammation,lipid accumulation, cell death and fibrosis. Atherosclerosis ischaracterized by cholesterol deposition and monocyte infiltration intothe subendothelial space, resulting in foam cell formation. Thrombosissubsequent to atherosclerosis leads to myocardial infarction and stroke.Atherosclerosis is the leading cause of mortality in many countries,including the United States. (See, e.g., Ruggeri, Nat Med (2002)8:1227-1234; Arehart et al, Circ Res, 2008, Mar. 6 Epub ahead of print.)

D. Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD)

Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) is the general name for diseases thatcause inflammation in the intestines and includes, e.g. Crohn's disease,ulcerative colitis, ulcerative proctitis. U.S. medical costs ofinflammatory bowel disease for 1990 have been estimated to be $1.4 to$1.8 billion. Lost productivity has been estimated to have added anadditional $0.4 to $0.8 billion, making the estimated cost ofinflammatory bowel disease $1.8 to $2.6 billion. (See, e.g., Pearson,Nursing Times (2004) 100:86-90; Hay et al, J Clin Gastroenterol (1992)14:309-317; Keighley et al, Ailment Pharmacol Ther (2003) 18:66-70.)

Enteritis refers to inflammation of the intestine, especially the smallintestine, a general condition that can have any of numerous differentcauses. Enterocolitis refers to inflammation of the small intestine andcolon.

Crohn's disease (CD) is an inflammatory process that can affect anyportion of the digestive tract, but is most commonly seen in the lastpart of the small intestine otherwise called the (terminal) ileum andcecum. Altogether this area is also known as the ileocecal region. Othercases may affect one or more of: the colon only, the small bowel only(duodenum, jejunum and/or ileum), the anus, stomach or esophagus. Incontrast with ulcerative colitis, CD usually does not affect the rectum,but frequently affects the anus instead. The inflammation extends deepinto the lining of the affected organ. The inflammation can cause painand can make the intestines empty frequently, resulting in diarrhea.Crohn's disease may also be called enteritis. Granulomatous colitis isanother name for Crohn's disease that affects the colon. Ileitis is CDof the ileum which is the third part of the small intestine. Crohn'scolitis is CD affecting part or all of the colon.

Ulcerative colitis (UC) is an inflammatory disease of the largeintestine, commonly called the colon. UC causes inflammation andulceration of the inner lining of the colon and rectum. The inflammationof UC is usually most severe in the rectal area with severitydiminishing (at a rate that varies from patient to patient) toward thececum, where the large and small intestine join. Inflammation of therectum is called proctitis. Inflammation of the sigmoid colon (locatedjust above the rectum) is called sigmoiditis. Inflammation involving theentire colon is termed pancolitis. The inflammation causes the colon toempty frequently resulting in diarrhea. As the lining of the colon isdestroyed ulcers form releasing mucus, pus and blood. Ulcerativeproctitis is a form of UC that affects only the rectum.

E. Peptide YY (PYY)

Peptide YY (PYY) is a 36 amino acid peptide originally isolated in 1980from porcine intestine (Tatemoto et al, Nature (1980) 285:417-418). PYYis secreted from enteroendocrine L-cells within both the large and smallintestine. It has been shown that in rat and human gut concentrations ofimmunoreactive PYY are low in duodenum and jenunum, high in ileum andcolon, and highest in rectum (Lundberg et al, PNAS USA (1982)79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985) 89:1070-1077; Ekblad etal, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al, Regul Pept (2008)145:12-16). (PYY expression in rat been reported to also extend to alphacells of the islets of Langerhans and to cells in the medulla oblongata(Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; PYY is released into thecirculation as PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ (Eberlein et al, Peptides (1989)10:797-803). PYY₃₋₃₆ is generated from PYY₁₋₃₆ by cleavage of theN-terminal Tyr and Pro residues by dipeptidyl peptidase IV. PYY₃₋₃₆ isthe predominant form of PYY in human postprandial plasma (Grandt et al,Regul Pept (1994) 51:151-159). PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ have been reported tohave comparable agonist activity at NPY Y2 receptor (Y2R), a Gprotein-coupled receptor (Parker et al, Br J Pharmacol (2008)153:420-431); however, PYY₃₋₃₆ has been reported to be a high-affinityY2R selective agonist (Keire et al, Am J Physiol Gastrointest LiverPhysiol (2000) 279:G126-G131). PYY was subsequently reported to reducehigh-fat food intake in rats after peripheral administration (Okada etal, Endocrinology Supplement (1993) 180) and to cause weight loss inmice after peripheral administration (Morley et al, Life Sciences (1987)41:2157-2165).

Peripheral administration of PYY₃₋₃₆ has been reported to markedlyreduce food intake and weight gain in rats, to decrease appetite andfood intake in humans, and to decrease food intake in mice, but not inY2R-null mice, which was said to suggest that the food intake effectrequires the Y2R. In human studies, infusion of PYY₃₋₃₆ was found tosignificantly decrease appetite and reduce food intake by 33% over 24hours. Infusion of PYY₃₋₃₆ to reach the normal postprandial circulatoryconcentrations of the peptide led to peak serum levels of PYY₃₋₃₆ within15 minutes, followed by a rapid decline to basal levels within 30minutes. It was reported that there was significant inhibition of foodintake in the 12-hour period following the PYY₃₋₃₆ infusion, but wasessentially no effect on food intake in the 12-hour to 24-hour period.In a rat study, repeated administration of PYY₃₋₃₆ intraperitoneally(injections twice daily for 7 days) reduced cumulative food intake(Batterham et al, Nature (2002) 418:650-654; Renshaw et al, Current DrugTargets (2005) 6:171-179).

Peripheral administration of PYY₃₋₃₆ has been reported to reduce foodintake, body weight gain and glycemic indices in diverse rodent modelsof metabolic diseases of both sexes (Pittner et al, Int J Obes RelatMetab Disord (2004) 28:963-971). It has been reported that blockade ofY2R with the specific antagonist BIIE-246 attenuates the effect ofperipherally administered endogenous and exogenous PYY₃₋₃₆ for reducingfood intake (Abbott et al, Brain Res (2005) 1043:139-144). It has beenreported that peripheral administration of a novel long-acting selectiveY2R polyethylene glycol-conjugated peptide agonist reduces food intakeand improves glucose metabolism (glucose disposal, plasma insulin andplasma glucose) in rodents (Ortiz et al, JPET (2007) 323:692-700; Lambet al, J Med Chem (2007) 50:2264-2268). It has been reported that PYYablation in mice leads to the development of hyperinsulinemia andobesity (Boey et al, Diabetologia (2006) 49:1360-1370). It has beenreported that peripheral administration of a long-acting, potent andhighly selective Y2R agonist inhibits food intake and promotes fatmetabolism in mice (Balasubramaniam et al, Peptides (2007) 28:235-240).

There is evidence that agents which stimulate PYY synthesis in vivo canconfer protection against diet-induced and genetic obesity and canimprove glucose tolerance (Boey et al, Neuropeptides (2008) 42:19-30).

It has been reported that Y2R agonists such as PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ canconfer protection against epileptic seizures, such as against kainateseizures (El Bahh et al, Eur J Neurosci (2005) 22:1417-1430; Woldbye etal, Neurobiology of Disease (2005) 20:760-772).

It has been reported that Y2R agonists such as PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ actas proabsorbtive (or anti-secretory) hormones, increasing uponintravenous administration the absorption of both water and sodium invarious parts of the bowel (Bilchik et al, Gastroenterol (1993)105:1441-1448; Liu et al, J Surg Res (1995) 58:6-11; Nightingale et al,Gut (1996) 39:267-272; Liu et al, Am Surg (1996) 62:232-236;Balasubramaniam et al, J Med Chem (2000) 43:3420-3427). It has beenreported that Y2R agonists such as PYY analogues inhibit secretion andpromote absorption and growth in the intestinal epithelium(Balasubramaniam et al, J Med Chem (2000) 43:3420-3427). It has beenreported that PYY promotes intestinal growth in normal rats (Gomez etal, Am J Physiol (1995) 268:G71-G81). It has been reported that Y2Ragonists such as PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ inhibit bowel motility and work toprevent diarrhea (EP1902730; also see Cox, Peptides (2007) 28:345-351).

It has been reported that Y2R agonists such as PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ canconfer protection against inflammatory bowel disease such as ulcerativecolitis and Crohn's disease (WO 03/105763). It has been reported thatPYY-deficient mice exhibit an osteopenic phenotype, i.e. that PYY canincrease bone mass and/or can confer protection against loss of bonemass (e.g., decreases loss of bone mass) (Wortley et al, Gastroenterol(2007) 133:1534-1543). It has been reported that PYY₃₋₃₆ can conferprotection in rodent models of pancreatitis (Vona-Davis et al, Peptides(2007) 28:334-338).

It has been reported that angiogenesis is impaired in Y2R-deficient mice(Lee et al, Peptides (2003) 24:99-106), i.e. that agonists of Y2R suchas PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ promote angiogenesis. It has been reported thatwould healing is impaired in Y2R-deficient mice (Ekstrand et al, PNASUSA (2003) 100:6033-6038), i.e. that agonists of Y2R such as PYY₁₋₃₆ andPYY₃₋₃₆ promote wound healing. It has been reported that ischemicangiogenesis is impaired in Y2R-deficient mice (Lee et al, J Clin Invest(2003) 111:1853-1862), i.e. that agonists of Y2R such as PYY₁₋₃₆ andPYY₃₋₃₆ promotes revascularization and restoration of function ofischemic tissue. It has been reported that agonists of Y2R such asPYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆ mediate increases in collateral-dependent blood flowin a rat model of peripheral arterial disease (Cruze et al, Peptides(2007) 28:269-280).

It has been reported that PYY and Y2R agonists such as PYY₃₋₃₆ cansuppress tumor growth in the cases of, e.g., pancreatic cancer such aspancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma, breast cancer such as breastinfiltrative ductal adenocarcinoma, colon cancer such as colonadenocarcinoma and Barrett's adenocarcinoma (Liu et al, Surgery (1995)118:229-236; Liu et al, J Surg Res (1995) 58:707-712; Grise et al, JSurg Res (1999) 82:151-155; Tseng et al, Peptides (2002) 23:389-395;McFadden et al, Am J Surg (2004) 188:516-519).

It has been reported that stimulation of Y2R such as by PYY₃₋₃₆ leads toan increase in plasma adiponectin (Ortiz et al, JPET (2007)323:692-700). Adiponectin is an adipokine with potent anti-inflammatoryproperties (Ouchi et al, Clin Chim Acta (2007) 380:24-30; Tilg et al,Nat Rev Immunol (2006) 6:772-783). Adiponectin exerts anti-atherogeniceffects by targeting vascular endothelial cells and macrophages andinsulin-sensitizing effects, predominantly in muscle and liver (Kubotaet al, J Biol Chem (2002) 277:25863-25866; Maeda et al, Nat Med (2002)8:731-737). Low adiponectin levels have been reported to be associatedwith atherogenic lipoproteins in dyslipidemia (elevated triglycerides,small dense LDL cholesterol, low HDL cholesterol) (Marso et al, DiabetesCare (2008) February 5 Epub ahead of print). Adiponectin has beenimplicated in high density lipoprotein (HDL) assembly (Oku et al, FEBSLetters (2007) 581:5029-5033). Adiponectin has been found to amelioratethe abnormalities of metabolic syndrome, including insulin resistance,hyperglycemia, and dyslipidemia, in a mouse model of obesity-linkedmetabolic syndrome associated with decreased adiponectin levels (Hara etal, Diabetes Care (2006) 29:1357-1362). Adiponectin has been reported tostimulate angiogenesis in response to tissue ischemia (Shibata et al, JBiol Chem (2004) 279:28670-28674). Adiponectin has been reported toprevent cerebral ischemic injury through endothelial nitric oxidesynthase-dependent mechanisms (Nishimura et al, Circulation (2008)117:216-223). Adiponectin has been reported to confer protection againstmyocardial ischemia-reperfusion injury (Shibata et al, Nat Med (2005)11:1096-1103; Tao et al, Circulation (2007) 115:1408-1416). Adiponectinhas been reported to confer protection against myocardialischaemia-reperfusion injury via AMP-activated protein kinase, Akt, andnitric oxide (Gonon et al, Cardiovasc Res (2008) 78:116-122).Adiponectin has been reported to confer protection against thedevelopment of systolic dysfunction following myocardial infarction,through its abilities to suppress cardiac hypertrophy and interstitialfibrosis, and protect against myocyte and capillary loss (Shibata et al,J Mol Cell Cardiol (2007) 42:1065-1074). Adiponectin has been reportedto confer protection against inflammatory lung disease;adiponectin-deficient mice exhibit an emphysema-like phenotype (Summeret al, Am J Physiol Lung Cell Mol Physiol (Mar. 7, 2008)). Adiponectinhas been reported to confer protection against allergic airwayinflammation and airway hyperresponsiveness such as may be associatedwith asthma (Shore et al, J Allergy Clin Immunol (2006) 118:389-395).Adiponectin has been suggested to confer protection against pulmonaryarterial hypertension by virtue of its insulin-sensitizing effects(Hansmann et al, Circulation (2007) 115:1275-1284). Adiponectin has beenreported to ameliorate obesity-related hypertension, with saidamelioration of hypertension being associated in part with upregulatedprostacyclin expression (Ohashi et al, Hypertension (2006)47:1108-1116). Adiponectin has been reported to decrease tumor necrosisfactor (TNF)-α-induced expression of the adhesion molecules VCAM-1,E-selectin and ICAM-1 in human aortic endothelial cells (HAECs) (Ouchiet al, Circulation (1999) 100:2473-2476) and to inhibit production ofTNF-α in macrophages (Yokota et al, Blood (2000) 96:1723-1732).Adiponectin has been reported to confer protection against restenosisafter vascular intervention (Matsuda et al, J Biol Chem (2002)277:37487-37491). The central role of TNF-α in inflammation has beendemonstrated by the ability of agents that block the action of TNF-α totreat a range of inflammatory conditions. TNF-α-mediated inflammatoryconditions encompass rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel diseasesuch as Crohn's disease, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, ischemicbrain injury, cardiac allograft rejection, asthma, and the like(Bradley, J Pathol (2008) 214:149-160). See, e.g., Yamamoto et al,Clinical Science (2002) 103:137-142; Behre, Scand J Clin Lab Invest(2007) 67:449-458; Guerre-Millo, Diabetes & Metabolism (2008) 34:12-18;Parker et al, Br J Pharmacol (2008) 153:420-431.

F. Treatment of Conditions Modulated by PYY

An attractive alternative approach for treatment of conditions modulatedby PYY is to develop an orally active composition for increasing anendogenous level of PYY in an individual, such as an endogenous level ofplasma PYY, such as by stimulation of PYY secretion in gutenteroendocrine cells.

G. GPR119

GPR119 is a G protein-coupled receptor (GPR119; e.g., human GPR119,GenBank® Accession No. AAP72125 and alleles thereof; e.g., mouse GPR119,GenBank® Accession No. AY288423 and alleles thereof). GPR119 stimulationas by an agonist leads to elevation of the level of intracellular cAMP,consistent with GPR119 being coupled to Gs. In the patent literature,GPR119 has been referred to as RUP3 (e.g., WO 00/31258); GPR119 has alsobeen referred to as Glucose-Dependent Insulinotropic Receptor (GDIR).

H. G Protein-Coupled Receptors

Although a number of receptor classes exist in humans, by far the mostabundant and therapeutically relevant is represented by the Gprotein-coupled receptor (GPCR) class. It is estimated that there aresome 30,000-40,000 genes within the human genome, and of these,approximately 2% are estimated to code for GPCRs.

GPCRs represent an important area for the development of pharmaceuticalproducts. Drugs active at GPCRs have therapeutic benefit across a broadspectrum of human diseases as diverse as pain, cognitive dysfunction,hypertension, peptic ulcers, rhinitis, and asthma. Of the approximately500 clinically marketed drugs, greater than 30% are modulators of GPCRfunction. These drugs exert their activity at approximately 30well-characterized GPCRs. (See, e.g., Wise et al, Annu Rev PharmacolToxicol (2004) 44:43-66.)

GPCRs share a common structural motif, having seven sequences of between22 to 24 hydrophobic amino acids that form seven alpha helices, each ofwhich spans the membrane (each span is identified by number, i.e.,transmembrane-1 (TM-1), transmembrane-2 (TM-2), etc.). The transmembranehelices are joined by strands of amino acids between transmembrane-2 andtransmembrane-3, transmembrane-4 and transmembrane-5, andtransmembrane-6 and transmembrane-7 on the exterior, or “extracellular”side, of the cell membrane (these are referred to as “extracellular”regions 1, 2 and 3 (EC-1, EC-2 and EC-3), respectively). Thetransmembrane helices are also joined by strands of amino acids betweentransmembrane-1 and transmembrane-2, transmembrane-3 andtransmembrane-4, and transmembrane-5 and transmembrane-6 on theinterior, or “intracellular” side, of the cell membrane (these arereferred to as “intracellular” regions 1, 2 and 3 (IC-1, IC-2 and IC-3),respectively). The “carboxy” (“C”) terminus of the receptor lies in theintracellular space within the cell, and the “amino” (“N”) terminus ofthe receptor lies in the extracellular space outside of the cell.

Generally, when a ligand binds with the receptor (often referred to as“activation” of the receptor), there is a change in the conformation ofthe receptor that facilitates coupling between the intracellular regionand an intracellular “G-protein.” It has been reported that GPCRs are“promiscuous” with respect to G proteins, i.e., that a GPCR can interactwith more than one G protein. See, Kenakin, Life Sciences (1988)43:1095-1101. Although other G proteins exist, currently, Gq, Gs, Gi, Gzand Go are G proteins that have been identified. Ligand-activated GPCRcoupling with the G-protein initiates a signaling cascade process(referred to as “signal transduction”). Under normal conditions, signaltransduction ultimately results in cellular activation or cellularinhibition. Although not wishing to be bound to theory, it is thoughtthat the IC-3 loop as well as the carboxy terminus of the receptorinteract with the G protein.

There are also promiscuous G proteins, which appear to couple severalclasses of GPCRs to the phospholipase C pathway, such as G15 or G16(Offermanns & Simon, J Biol Chem (1995) 270:15175-80), or chimeric Gproteins designed to couple a large number of different GPCRs to thesame pathway, e.g. phospholipase C (Milligan & Rees, Trends inPharmaceutical Sciences (1999) 20:118-24).

Under physiological conditions, GPCRs exist in the cell membrane inequilibrium between two different conformations: an “inactive” state andan “active” state. A receptor in an inactive state is unable to link tothe intracellular signaling transduction pathway to initiate signaltransduction leading to a biological response. Changing the receptorconformation to the active state allows linkage to the transductionpathway (via the G-protein) and produces a biological response.

A receptor may be stabilized in an active state by a ligand or acompound such as a drug. Recent discoveries, including but notexclusively limited to modifications to the amino acid sequence of thereceptor, provide means other than ligands or drugs to promote andstabilize the receptor in the active state conformation. These meanseffectively stabilize the receptor in an active state by simulating theeffect of a ligand binding to the receptor. Stabilization by suchligand-independent means is termed “constitutive receptor activation.”

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to the unexpected discovery by Applicantthat administration of a GPR119 agonist to an individiual, such as byoral administration, can act to increase plasma total PYY in theindividual. The present invention features methods relating to GPR119for identifying PYY secretagogues, compounds useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, and compounds useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual. A GPR119 agonistis useful for increasing plasma total PYY in an individual. In certainembodiments, the individual is a human.

Nucleotide sequence encoding human GPR119 polypeptide is given in SEQ IDNO: 1. The amino acid sequence of said encoded human GPR119 polypeptideis given in SEQ ID NO: 2.

In a first aspect, the invention features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) contacting a test compound with a host cell or with membrane        of a host cell comprising a G protein-coupled receptor, wherein        the G protein-coupled receptor comprises an amino acid sequence        selected from the group consisting of:        -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid            sequence of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution,            deletion or addition of one or several amino acids in the            amino acid sequence defined in (i);        -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent            conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;        -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group            consisting of:            -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID                NO: 2; and            -   (b′) an amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids                of SEQ ID NO: 2;        -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active            version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2;            and        -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to            (vi); and    -   (b) determining the ability of the test compound to stimulate        functionality of the G protein-coupled receptor;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate        functionality of the G protein-coupled receptor is indicative of        the test compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful        for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or        a compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in        an individual.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises identifying an agonist ofthe receptor.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises identifying a partialagonist of the receptor.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying compoundsuseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying compoundsuseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) and (b) ofthis first aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (c) optionally synthesizing a compound which stimulates the        functionality of the receptor in step (b);    -   (d) contacting a compound which stimulates functionality of the        receptor in step (b) in vitro with a vertebrate enteroendocrine        cell or with a cell capable of secreting PYY; and    -   (e) determining whether the compound stimulates PYY secretion        from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the cell        capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is further indicative of the test        compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an        individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) and (b) ofthis first aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (c) optionally synthesizing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);    -   (d) administering a compound which stimulates functionality of        the receptor in step (b) to a vertebrate; and    -   (e) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in        the vertebrate;        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasma concentrationof total PYY. In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasmaconcentration of PYY₃₋₃₆.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

In certain embodiments, the human is an individual or a patient enrolledor undergoing treatment in a clinical trial.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) and (b) ofthisfirst aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (c) optionally synthesizing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b); and    -   (d) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample, said sample having been obtained from a vertebrate        previously administered with a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) and (b) ofthis first aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (c) optionally synthesizing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);    -   (d) optionally providing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);    -   (e) contacting a compound which stimulates functionality of the        receptor in step (b) in vitro with a vertebrate enteroendocrine        cell or with a cell capable of secreting PYY; and    -   (f) determining whether the compound stimulates PYY secretion        from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the cell        capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is further indicative of the test        compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an        individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity, comprising steps (a) and (b) of this first aspect,and further comprising:

-   -   (c) optionally synthesizing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);    -   (d) optionally providing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);    -   (e) administering a compound which stimulates functionality of        the receptor in step (b) to a vertebrate; and    -   (f) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in        the vertebrate;        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasma concentrationof total PYY. In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasmaconcentration of PYY₃₋₃₆.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity, comprising steps (a) and (b) of thisfirst aspect,and further comprising:

-   -   (c) optionally synthesizing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);    -   (d) optionally providing a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b); and    -   (e) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample, said sample having been obtained from a vertebrate        previously administered with a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

In certain embodiments, the identified PYY secretagogue, or theidentified compound useful for treatment or prevention of a conditionmodulated by PYY, or the identified compound useful for a modulation ofa PYY-related activity is an agonist of the receptor. In someembodiments, the identified PYY secretagogue, or the identified compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe identified compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-relatedactivity is a partial agonist of the receptor.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is coupled to a Gprotein. In certain embodiments, stimulation of the G protein-coupledreceptor increases a level of intracellular cAMP accumulation. Incertain embodiments, the G protein is Gs.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention isSEQ ID NO:2 or an allele thereof. In some embodiments, a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is anortholog of SEQ ID NO:2.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor which specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention is a G protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP accumulation. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, stringent hybridization conditions comprisehybridization at 42° C. in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5×SSC(1×SSC=150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/mldenatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing at 65° C. in asolution comprising 0.1×SSC. Hybridization techniques are well known tothe skilled artisan.

In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is SEQ IDNO:2 or an allele thereof. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, theGPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditionsto the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. Incertain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is areceptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP accumulation. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ IDNO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acidsof SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 whichis a G protein-coupled receptor is an endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 which is aG protein-coupled receptor is a non-endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or an allelethereof. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQ IDNO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which hasat least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits a detectablelevel of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for causing melanophore cellsto undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or anallele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupledreceptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ IDNO: 2 is an allele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the Gprotein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous aminoacids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certainembodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor forwhich(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichcomprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits adetectable level of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP.In some embodiments, the constitutive activity is for causingmelanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is part of a fusionprotein comprising a G protein. Techniques for making a GPCR:G fusionconstruct are well known to the skilled artisan (see, e.g.,International Application WO 02/42461).

In certain embodiments, the host cell comprises an expression vector,said expression vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding the Gprotein-coupled receptor. An exemplary suitable expression vector ispCMV. Other suitable expression vectors will be readily apparent tothose of ordinary skill in the art, and a wide variety of expressionvectors are commercially available (e.g., from Clontech, Palo Alto,Calif.; Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.; and Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.).

In some embodiments, the host cell is a vertebrate cell. In someembodiments, the host cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, themammalian host cell is selected from the group consisting of a 293 cell,a 293T cell, a CHO cell, an MCB3901 cell, and a COS-7 cell. In someembodiments, the host cell is a yeast cell. In some embodiments, thehost cell is a melanophore cell. Other suitable host cells will bereadily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, and a widevariety of cell lines are available from the American Type CultureCollection, University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209.

In certain embodiments, said determining is consistent with the Gprotein-coupled receptor being a Gs-coupled receptor.

In some embodiments, said determining is consistent with the Gprotein-coupled receptor being coupled through a promiscuous G protein,such as Gα15 or Gα16, to the phopholipase C pathway. Promiscuous Gproteins are well known to the skilled artisan (see, e.g., Offermanns etal., J Biol Chem (1995) 270:15175-15180). In some embodiments, saiddetermining is consistent with the G protein-coupled receptor beingcoupled through a chimeric G protein, e.g. to the phospholipase Cpathway. Chimeric G proteins are well known to the skilled artisan (see,e.g., Milligan et al., Trends in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1999)20:118-124; and WO 02/42461).

In some embodiments, said determining is through the measurement of alevel of a second messenger.

In some embodiments, said determining is through the measurement of alevel of a second messenger selected from the group consisting of cyclicAMP (cAMP), cyclic GMP (cGMP), inositol 1,4,5-triphosphate (IP₃),diacylglycerol (DAG), MAP kinase activity, MAPK/ERK kinase kinase-1(MEKK1) activity, and Ca²⁺. In some preferred embodiments, the secondmessenger is cAMP. In certain embodiments, a level of intracellular cAMPis increased.

In certain embodiments, said determining is carried out using isolatedmembrane comprising the G protein-coupled receptor.

In certain embodiments, said determining is through the use of amelanophore assay. In certain embodiments, a level of pigment dispersionis increased.

In some embodiments, said determining is through a reporter assay. Insome embodiments, said reporter assay is CRE-Luc reporter assay.

In some embodiments, said determining is through the measurement of anactivity mediated by increasing a level of intracellular cAMP.

In some embodiments, said determining is through CRE-Luc reporter assay.In certain embodiments, a level of luciferase activity is increased.

In some embodiments, said determining is through the measurement ofGTPγS binding to membrane comprising the G protein-coupled receptor. Incertain embodiments, said GTPγS is labeled with [³⁵S]. In certainembodiments, said GTPγS binding to membrane comprising the GPCR isincreased.

In some embodiments, the test compound is a small molecule. In someembodiments, the test compound is a small molecule, with the provisothat the small molecule is not a polypeptide. In some embodiments, thetest compound is a small molecule, with the proviso that the smallmolecule is not an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. Insome embodiments, the test compound is a small molecule, with theproviso that the small molecule is not a lipid. In some embodiments, thetest compound is a small molecule, with the proviso that the smallmolecule is not a polypeptide or a lipid. In some embodiments, the testcompound is a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the test compound is apolypeptide, with the proviso that the polypeptide is not an antibody oran antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the testcompound is a lipid. In some embodiments, the test compound is not anantibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments,the test compound is an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallydetermining the structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compound usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or thecompound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallyproviding the name or structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step ofoptionally producing or synthesizing the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual as apharmaceutical.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises evaluating thebioavailability of the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a bone-relatedcondition.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is a conditioncharacterized by low bone mass. In certain embodiments, the conditioncharacterized by low bone mass is selected from the group consisting ofosteopenia, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis,periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, childhoodidiopathic bone loss, Paget's disease, bone loss due to metastaticcancer, osteolytic lesions, curvature of the spine, and loss of height.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is a bone fracture.In certain embodiments, the bone fracture is selected from the groupconsisting of a traumatic bone fracture, a long-term bone fracture, andan osteoporotic bone fracture.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is a bone disease. Incertain embodiments, the bone disease is selected from the groupconsisting of osteopenia, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis,osteoarthritis, periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy boneloss, childhood idiopathic bone loss, Paget's disease, bone loss due tometastatic cancer, osteolytic lesions, curvature of the spine, and lossof height.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is enhanced bonehealing or bone growth, wherein said enhanced bone healing or bonegrowth is selected from the group consisting of enhanced bone healingfollowing facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibularreconstruction, periodontal disease or tooth extraction, enhanced longbone extension, enhanced prosthetic ingrowth, and increased bonesynostosis.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a metabolicdisorder.

In certain embodiments, the metabolic disorder is selected from thegroup consisting of overweight, obesity, hyperphagia, diabetes(inclusive of type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes), type 2 diabetes,impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia,dyslipidemia, hypertension and metabolic syndrome.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is anangiogenesis-related condition.

In certain embodiments, the angiogeneisis-related condition is selectedfrom the group consisting of peripheral arterial disease, wound healingand ischemia.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is anischemia-related condition.

In certain embodiments, the ischemia-related condition is selected fromthe group consisting of ischemic stroke, ischemic heart disease,myocardial infarction, ischemia-reperfusion injury, post-myocardialinfarction remodeling, heart failure, and congestive heart failure.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is amalabsorptive disorder.

In certain embodiments, the malabsorptive disorder is selected from thegroup consisting of short bowel syndrome, enterocolitis, Crohn'sdisease, ulcerative colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, cholera, and adisorder accompanied by diarrhea.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a convulsivedisorder.

In certain embodiments, the convulsive disorder is epilepsy.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a cancer.

In certain embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group consistingof pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, and Barrett'sadenocarcinoma.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is aninflammatory disorder.

In certain embodiments, the inflammatory disorder is selected from thegroup consisting of atherosclerosis, atherothrombosis, insulinresistance, diabetes (inclusive of type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes),type 1 diabetes, ischemic stroke, pancreatitis, restenosis, aninflammatory lung disease, and an inflammatory bowel disease. In certainembodiments, the inflammatory lung disease is selected from the groupconsisting of asthma, emphysema, and pulmonary arterial hypertension. Incertain embodiments, the inflammatory bowel disease is selected from thegroup consisting of enteritis, enterocolitis, Crohn's disease,granulomatous colitis, ileitis, Crohn's colitis, ulcerative colitis,sigmoiditis, pancolitis, and ulcerative proctitis.

In certain embodiments, the modulation of a PYY-related activity isselected from the group consisting of:

(a) increasing plasma PYY;

(b) increasing bone mass;

(c) decreasing loss of bone mass;

(d) increasing bone formation;

(e) decreasing food uptake;

(f) decreasing body weight;

(g) increasing satiety;

(h) increasing glucose disposal;

(i) decreasing plasma glucose;

(j) increasing angiogenesis;

(k) decreasing secretion in intestinal epithelium;

(l) increasing absorption in intestinal epithelium; and

(m) increasing plasma adiponectin

The invention additionally features a process comprising performing amethod according to this first aspect.

In a second aspect, the invention features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) contacting a compound in vitro with a vertebrate        enteroendocrine cell or with a cell capable of secreting PYY,        said compound having been identified by a method according to        the first aspect; and    -   (b) determining whether the compound stimulates PYY secretion        from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the cell        capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is further indicative of the test        compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a PYY-related condition, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

(a) administering a compound to a vertebrate, said compound having beenidentified by a method according to the first aspect; and

(b) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in thevertebrate;

wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level in thevertebrate is further indicative of the test compound being a PYYsecretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or prevention of aPYY-related condition, or a compound useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasma concentrationof total PYY. In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasmaconcentration of PYY₃₋₃₆.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample, said sample having been obtained from a vertebrate        previously administered with a compound which stimulates        functionality of the receptor in step (b);        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasma concentrationof total PYY. In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasmaconcentration of PYY₃₋₃₆.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

In some embodiments, the test compound is a small molecule. In someembodiments, the test compound is a small molecule, with the provisothat the small molecule is not a polypeptide. In some embodiments, thetest compound is a small molecule, with the proviso that the smallmolecule is not an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. Insome embodiments, the test compound is a small molecule, with theproviso that the small molecule is not a lipid. In some embodiments, thetest compound is a small molecule, with the proviso that the smallmolecule is not a polypeptide or a lipid. In some embodiments, the testcompound is a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the test compound is apolypeptide, with the proviso that the polypeptide is not an antibody oran antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the testcompound is a lipid. In some embodiments, the test compound is not anantibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments,the test compound is an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallydetermining the structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compound usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or thecompound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallyproviding the name or structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step ofoptionally producing or synthesizing the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual as apharmaceutical.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises evaluating thebioavailability of the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

The invention additionally features a process comprising performing amethod according to this second aspect.

In a third aspect, the invention features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) contacting a GPR119 agonist in vitro with a vertebrate        enteroendocrine cell or with a cell capable of secreting PYY;        and    -   (b) determining whether the GPR119 agonist stimulates PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the GPR119 agonist to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is indicative of the GPR119        agonist being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an        individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

(a) administering a GPR119 agonist to a vertebrate; and

(b) determining whether the GPR119 agonist increases a PYY level in thevertebrate;

wherein the ability of the GPR119 agonist to increase a PYY level in thevertebrate is indicative of the GPR119 agonist being a PYY secretagogue,a compound useful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulatedby PYY, or a compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activityin an individual.

In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasma concentrationof total PYY. In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasmaconcentration of PYY₃₋₃₆.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample, said sample having been obtained from a vertebrate        previously administered with a GPR119 agonist; administering a        GPR119 agonist to a vertebrate;        wherein the ability of the GPR119 agonist to increase a PYY        level in the vertebrate is indicative of the GPR119 agonist        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasma concentrationof total PYY. In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasmaconcentration of PYY₃₋₃₆.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is an agonist of anendogenous GPR119.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is an agonist of humanGPR119.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is a GPR119 partial agonist.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is a selective GPR119agonist.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is a small molecule. In someembodiments, the small molecule is not a polypeptide. In someembodiments, the small molecule is not an antibody or an antigen-bindingfragment thereof. In some embodiments, the small molecule is not alipid. In some embodiments, the small molecule is not a polypeptide or alipid.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is orally available.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ value of lessthan about 10 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM, lessthan about 75 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, lessthan about 15 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, less thanabout 4 nM, less than about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or less thanabout 1 nM. In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ valueof less than about 10 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM,less than about 75 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM,less than about 15 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, lessthan about 4 nM, less than about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or lessthan about 1 nM at human GPR119 having SEQ ID NO: 2. In certainembodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ value of less than about 10μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 75 nM,less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 15 nM,less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, less than about 4 nM, lessthan about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or less than about 1 nM at humanGPR119 having SEQ ID NO: 2 in adenylyl cyclase assay (exemplary adenylylcyclase assay is provided in Example 9, Example 10 and in Example 11,infra). In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ value ofless than about 10 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM,less than about 75 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM,less than about 15 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, lessthan about 4 nM, less than about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or lessthan about 1 nM at human GPR119 having SEQ ID NO: 2 in melanophore assay(exemplary melanophore assay is provided in Example 12, infra).

Exemplary GPR119 agonists are disclosed, e.g., in InternationalApplication No. PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 04/065380);International Application No. PCT/US2004/005555 (published as WO04/076413); International Application No. PCT/US2004/022327 (publishedas WO 05/007647); International Application No. PCT/US2004/022417(published as WO 05/007658); International Application No.PCT/US2005/019318 (published as WO 2005/121121); InternationalApplication No. PCT/GB2004/050046 (published as WO 2005/061489);International Application No. PCT/US06/00567 (published as WO2006/083491); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050264 (publishedas WO 2006/067531); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050265(published as WO 2006/067532); International Application No.PCT/GB2005/050266 (published as WO 2006/070208); InternationalApplication No. PCT/JP02/09350 (published as WO 03/026661);International Application No. PCT/JP2005/018412 (published as WO06/040966); International Application No. PCT/JP2005/019000 (publishedas WO 2006/043490); International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050176(published as WO 2007/003960); International Application No.PCT/GB2006/050177 (published as WO 2007/003961); InternationalApplication No. PCT/GB2006/050178 (published as WO 2007/003962);International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050182 (published as WO2007/003964); International Application No. PCT/JP02/09350 (published asWO 03/026661); International Application No. PCT/GB2007/050183(published as WO 2007/116229); International Application No.PCT/GB2007/050190 (published as WO 2007/116230); InternationalApplication No. PCT/US2007/073364 (published as WO 2008/008895);International Application No. PCT/EP2007/058991 (published as WO2008/025798); International Application No. PCT/EP2007/058993 (publishedas WO 2008/025799); and International Application No. PCT/EP2007/058995(published as WO 2008/025800).

In certain embodiments, the method comprises providing the GPR119agonist.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is identifiable by a methodaccording to the first aspect.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises carrying out a methodaccording to the first aspect to identify the GPR119 agonist.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises having identified theGPR119 agonist by a method according to the first aspect.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallydetermining the structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compound usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or thecompound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallyproviding the name or structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step ofoptionally producing or synthesizing the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual as apharmaceutical.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises evaluating thebioavailability of the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

The invention additionally features a process comprising performing amethod according to this third aspect.

In a fourth aspect, the invention features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) contacting a G protein-coupled receptor with an optionally        labeled known ligand for the receptor in the presence or absence        of a test compound, wherein a ligand for the receptor is a        ligand for GPR119 and wherein the G protein-coupled receptor        comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group        consisting of:        -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid            sequence of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution,            deletion or addition of one or several amino acids in the            amino acid sequence defined in (i);        -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent            conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;        -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group            consisting of:            -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID                NO: 2; and            -   (b′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids                of SEQ ID NO: 2;        -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active            version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2;            and        -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to            (vi); and    -   (b) detecting the complex between said known ligand and said        receptor; and    -   (c) determining whether less of said complex is formed in the        presence of the test compound than in the absence of the test        compound;        wherein said determination is indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor comprises the amino acid sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying compoundsuseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying compoundsuseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 is a GPR119 agonist. Incertain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or the GPR119 agonist is aligand or agonist of an endogenous vertebrate, mammalian or human GPR119receptor. In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or the GPR119agonist is a ligand or agonist of an endogenous human GPR119 receptor.In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or the GPR119 agonist isidentical to a compound disclosed in, e.g., in International ApplicationNo. PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 04/065380); InternationalApplication No. PCT/US2004/005555 (published as WO 04/076413);International Application No. PCT/US2004/022327 (published as WO05/007647); International Application No. PCT/US2004/022417 (publishedas WO 05/007658); International Application No. PCT/US2005/019318(published as WO 2005/121121); International Application No.PCT/GB2004/050046 (published as WO 2005/061489); InternationalApplication No. PCT/US06/00567 (published as WO 2006/083491);International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050264 (published as WO2006/067531); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050265 (publishedas WO 2006/067532); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050266(published as WO 2006/070208); International Application No.PCT/JP02/09350 (published as WO 03/026661); International ApplicationNo. PCT/JP2005/018412 (published as WO 06/040966); InternationalApplication No. PCT/JP2005/019000 (published as WO 2006/043490);International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050176 (published as WO2007/003960); International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050177 (publishedas WO 2007/003961); International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050178(published as WO 2007/003962); International Application No.PCT/GB2006/050182 (published as WO 2007/003964); InternationalApplication No. PCT/JP02/09350 (published as WO 03/026661);International Application No. PCT/GB2007/050183 (published as WO2007/116229); International Application No. PCT/GB2007/050190 (publishedas WO 2007/116230); International Application No. PCT/US2007/073364(published as WO 2008/008895); International Application No.PCT/EP2007/058991 (published as WO 2008/025798); InternationalApplication No. PCT/EP2007/058993 (published as WO 2008/025799); orInternational Application No. PCT/EP2007/058995 (published as WO2008/025800). In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or theGPR119 agonist is(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 is an endogenous ligand ofan endogenous vertebrate, mammalian, or human GPR119 receptor.

In certain embodiments, the optionally labeled known ligand is a labeledknown ligand. In certain embodiments, the labeled known ligand is aradiolabeled known ligand. Techniques for radiolabeling a compound, suchas for labeling a known ligand of a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention, are well known to the skilled artisan. See, e.g.,International Application WO 04/065380. Also see, e.g., Example 14,infra.

Techniques for detecting the complex between a G protein-coupledreceptor and a compound known to be a ligand for the G protein-coupledreceptor are well known to the skilled artisan. See, e.g., InternationalApplication WO 04/065380. Also see, e.g., Example 15, infra.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) to (c) ofthis fourth aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (d) optionally synthesizing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed in step (c);    -   (e) contacting a compound in the presence of which less of said        complex is formed in step (c) in vitro with a vertebrate        enteroendocrine cell or with a cell capable of secreting PYY;        and    -   (f) determining whether the compound stimulates PYY secretion        from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the cell        capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is further indicative of the test        compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an        individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) to (c) ofthis fourth aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (d) optionally synthesizing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed in step (c);    -   (e) administering a compound in the presence of which less of        said complex is formed in step (c) to a vertebrate; and    -   (f) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in        the vertebrate;        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) to (c) ofthis fourth aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (d) optionally synthesizing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed in step (c); and    -   (e) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample obtained from a vertebrate, said vertebrate having been        administered with a compound in the presence of which less of        said complex is formed in step (c);        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is indicative of the test compound being PYY        secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or prevention of a        condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful for a        modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) to (c) ofthis fourth aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (d) optionally synthesizing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed according to step (c);    -   (e) optionally providing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed according to step (c);    -   (f) contacting a compound in the presence of which less of said        complex is formed according to step (c) in vitro with a        vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or with a cell capable of        secreting PYY; and    -   (g) determining whether the compound stimulates PYY secretion        from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the cell        capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is further indicative of the test        compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an        individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) to (c) ofthis fourth aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (d) optionally synthesizing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed according to step (c);    -   (e) optionally providing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed according to step (c);    -   (f) administering a compound in the presence of which less of        said complex is formed in step (c) to a vertebrate; and    -   (g) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in        the vertebrate;        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising steps (a) to (c) ofthis fourth aspect, and further comprising:

-   -   (d) optionally synthesizing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed according to step (c);    -   (e) optionally providing a compound in the presence of which        less of said complex is formed according to step (c); and    -   (f) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample obtained from a vertebrate, said vertebrate having been        administered with a compound in the presence of which less of        said complex is formed in step (c);        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention isSEQ ID NO:2 or an allele thereof. In some embodiments, a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is anortholog of SEQ ID NO:2.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor which specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention is a G protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP accumulation. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, stringent hybridization conditions comprisehybridization at 42° C. in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5×SSC(1×SSC=150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/mldenatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing at 65° C. in asolution comprising 0.1×SSC. Hybridization techniques are well known tothe skilled artisan.

In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is SEQ IDNO:2 or an allele thereof. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, theGPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditionsto the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. Incertain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is areceptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ IDNO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acidsof SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 whichis a G protein-coupled receptor is an endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 which is aG protein-coupled receptor is a non-endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or an allelethereof. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQ IDNO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which hasat least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits a detectablelevel of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for causing melanophore cellsto undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or anallele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupledreceptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ IDNO: 2 is an allele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the Gprotein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous aminoacids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certainembodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor forwhich(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichcomprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits adetectable level of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP.In some embodiments, the constitutive activity is for causingmelanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is part of a fusionprotein comprising a G protein. Techniques for making a GPCR:G fusionconstruct are well known to the skilled artisan (see, e.g.,International Application WO 02/42461).

In certain embodiments, said determining is carried out using a hostcell comprising the G protein-coupled receptor. In certain embodiments,the host cell comprises an expression vector, said expression vectorcomprising a polynucleotide encoding the GPCR. An exemplary suitableexpression vector is pCMV. Other suitable expression vectors will bereadily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, and a widevariety of expression vectors are commercially available (e.g., fromClontech, Palo Alto, Calif.; Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.; andInvitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.).

In some embodiments, the host cell is a vertebrate cell. In someembodiments, the host cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, themammalian host cell is selected from the group consisting of a 293 cell,a 293T cell, a CHO cell, a MCB3901 cell, and a COS-7 cell. In someembodiments, the host cell is a yeast cell. In some embodiments, thehost cell is a melanophore cell. Other suitable host cells will bereadily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, and a widevariety of cell lines are available from the American Type CultureCollection, University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209.

In certain embodiments, said determining is carried out using membranecomprising the G protein-coupled receptor.

In some embodiments, the test compound is a small molecule. In someembodiments, the test compound is a small molecule, with the provisothat the small molecule is not a polypeptide. In some embodiments, thetest compound is a small molecule, with the proviso that the smallmolecule is not an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. Insome embodiments, the test compound is a small molecule, with theproviso that the small molecule is not a lipid. In some embodiments, thetest compound is a small molecule, with the proviso that the smallmolecule is not a polypeptide or a lipid. In some embodiments, the testcompound is a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the test compound is apolypeptide, with the proviso that the polypeptide is not an antibody oran antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the testcompound is a lipid. In some embodiments, the test compound is not anantibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments,the test compound is an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallydetermining the structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compound usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or thecompound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallyproviding the name or structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step ofoptionally producing or synthesizing the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallydetermining the structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compound usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or thecompound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallyproviding the name or structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step ofoptionally producing or synthesizing the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual as apharmaceutical.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises evaluating thebioavailability of the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

The invention additionally features a process comprising performing amethod according to this fourth aspect.

In a fifth aspect, the invention features a method of screening testcompounds to identify a PYY secretagogue, a compound for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual, which ischaracterized by using a G protein-coupled receptor comprising an aminoacid sequence selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   (a) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (b) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (c) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid sequence of        a polypeptide derived from (a) by substitution, deletion or        addition of one or several amino acids in the amino acid        sequence defined in (a);    -   (d) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor        encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent        conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1;    -   (e) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group        consisting of:        -   (i) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2; and        -   (ii) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            comprising at least continguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (f) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active version        of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2; and    -   (g) a biologically active fragment of any one of any one of (a)        to (f).

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor comprises the amino acid sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises identifying an agonist ofthe receptor.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises identifying a partialagonist of the receptor.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual as apharmaceutical.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises evaluating thebioavailability of the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

The invention additionally features a process comprising performing amethod according to this fifth aspect.

In a sixth aspect, the invention features a method comprising, havingidentified a PYY secretagogue, a compound for treatment or prevention ofa condition modulated by PYY, or a compound for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual according to the first aspect, thesecond aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect or the fifth aspect,formulating said PYY secretagogue, said compound for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or said compound for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

In a seventh aspect, the invention features use of a G protein-coupledreceptor to screen test compounds as PYY secretagogues, compounds fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or compoundsfor a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual, wherein theG protein-coupled receptor comprises an amino acid sequence selectedfrom the group consisting of:

-   -   (a) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (b) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (c) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid sequence of        a polypeptide derived from (a) by substitution, deletion or        addition of one or several amino acids in the amino acid        sequence defined in (a);    -   (d) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor        encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent        conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1;    -   (e) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group        consisting of:        -   (i) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2; and        -   (ii) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            comprising at least contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (f) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active version        of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2; and    -   (g) a biologically active fragment of any one of any one of (a)        to (f).

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor comprises the amino acid sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the test compound is a small molecule.

In certain embodiments, the test compound is a GPR119 agonist.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is an agonist of anendogenous GPR119.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is an agonist of humanGPR119.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is a GPR119 partial agonist.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is a selective GPR119agonist.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is a small molecule.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is orally available.

In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ value of lessthan about 10 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM, lessthan about 75 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, lessthan about 15 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, less thanabout 4 nM, less than about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or less thanabout 1 nM. In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ valueof less than about 10 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM,less than about 75 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM,less than about 15 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, lessthan about 4 nM, less than about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or lessthan about 1 nM at human GPR119 having SEQ ID NO: 2. In certainembodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ value of less than about 10μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 75 nM,less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 15 nM,less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, less than about 4 nM, lessthan about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or less than about 1 nM at humanGPR119 having SEQ ID NO: 2 in adenylyl cyclase assay (exemplary adenylylcyclase assay is provided in Example 9, Example 10 and in Example 11,infra). In certain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist has an EC₅₀ value ofless than about 10 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 100 nM,less than about 75 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM,less than about 15 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, lessthan about 4 nM, less than about 3 nM, less than about 2 nM, or lessthan about 1 nM at human GPR119 having SEQ ID NO: 2 in melanophore assay(exemplary melanophore assay is provided in Example 12, infra).

Exemplary GPR119 agonists are disclosed, e.g., in InternationalApplication No. PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 04/065380);International Application No. PCT/US2004/005555 (published as WO04/076413); International Application No. PCT/US2004/022327 (publishedas WO 05/007647); International Application No. PCT/US2004/022417(published as WO 05/007658); International Application No.PCT/US2005/019318 (published as WO 2005/121121); InternationalApplication No. PCT/GB2004/050046 (published as WO 2005/061489);International Application No. PCT/US06/00567 (published as WO2006/083491); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050264 (publishedas WO 2006/067531); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050265(published as WO 2006/067532); International Application No.PCT/GB2005/050266 (published as WO 2006/070208); InternationalApplication No. PCT/JP02/09350 (published as WO 03/026661);International Application No. PCT/JP2005/018412 (published as WO06/040966); International Application No. PCT/JP2005/019000 (publishedas WO 2006/043490); International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050176(published as WO 2007/003960); International Application No.PCT/GB2006/050177 (published as WO 2007/003961); InternationalApplication No. PCT/GB2006/050178 (published as WO 2007/003962);International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050182 (published as WO2007/003964); International Application No. PCT/JP02/09350 (published asWO 03/026661); International Application No. PCT/GB2007/050183(published as WO 2007/116229); International Application No.PCT/GB2007/050190 (published as WO 2007/116230); InternationalApplication No. PCT/US2007/073364 (published as WO 2008/008895);International Application No. PCT/EP2007/058991 (published as WO2008/025798); International Application No. PCT/EP2007/058993 (publishedas WO 2008/025799); and International Application No. PCT/EP2007/058995(published as WO 2008/025800).

In an eighth aspect, the invention features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) contacting a compound which stimulates functionality of a G        protein-coupled receptor, wherein said G protein-coupled        receptor comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the        group consisting of:        -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid            sequence of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution,            deletion or addition of one or several amino acids in the            amino acid sequence defined in (i);        -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent            conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;        -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group            consisting of:            -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID                NO: 2; and            -   (b′) an amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids                of SEQ ID NO: 2;        -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active            version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2;            and        -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to            (vi); in vitro with a vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or            with a cell capable of secreting PYY, said compound having            been determined or identified by a method according to the            first aspect; and    -   (b) determining whether the compound stimulates PYY secretion        from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the cell        capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is further indicative of the test        compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an        individual.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor comprises the amino acid sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

(a) administering to a vertebrate a compound which stimulatesfunctionality of a G protein-coupled receptor, wherein said Gprotein-coupled receptor comprises an amino acid sequence selected fromthe group consisting of:

-   -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;    -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;    -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid sequence        of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution, deletion or        addition of one or several amino acids in the amino acid        sequence defined in (i);    -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor        encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent        conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;    -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group        consisting of:        -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2; and        -   (b′) an amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO:            2;    -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active version        of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2; and    -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to (vi);    -   said compound having been determined or identified by a method        according to the first aspect; and

(b) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in thevertebrate;

wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level in thevertebrate is further indicative of the test compound being a PYYsecretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor comprises the amino acid sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasma concentrationof total PYY. In certain embodiments, the PYY level is blood or plasmaconcentration of PYY₃₋₃₆.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample, said sample having been obtained from a vertebrate        previously administered with a compound which stimulates        functionality of a G protein-coupled receptor, wherein said G        protein-coupled receptor comprises an amino acid sequence        selected from the group consisting of:        -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid            sequence of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution,            deletion or addition of one or several amino acids in the            amino acid sequence defined in (i);        -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent            conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;        -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group            consisting of:            -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID                NO: 2; and            -   (b′) an amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids                of SEQ ID NO: 2;        -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active            version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2;            and        -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to            (vi);        -   said compound having been determined or identified by a            method according to the first aspect; and            wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY            level in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test            compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for            treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or            a compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity            in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor comprises the amino acid sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention isSEQ ID NO:2 or an allele thereof. In some embodiments, a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is anortholog of SEQ ID NO:2.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor which specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention is a G protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP accumulation. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, stringent hybridization conditions comprisehybridization at 42° C. in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5×SSC(1×SSC=150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/mldenatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing at 65° C. in asolution comprising 0.1×SSC. Hybridization techniques are well known tothe skilled artisan.

In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is SEQ IDNO:2 or an allele thereof. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, theGPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditionsto the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. Incertain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is areceptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ IDNO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acidsof SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 whichis a G protein-coupled receptor is an endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 which is aG protein-coupled receptor is a non-endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or an allelethereof. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQ IDNO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which hasat least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits a detectablelevel of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for causing melanophore cellsto undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or anallele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupledreceptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ IDNO: 2 is an allele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the Gprotein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous aminoacids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certainembodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor forwhich(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichcomprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits adetectable level of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP.In some embodiments, the constitutive activity is for causingmelanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is part of a fusionprotein comprising a G protein. Techniques for making a GPCR:G fusionconstruct are well known to the skilled artisan (see, e.g.,International Application WO 02/42461).

In some embodiments, the compound which stimulates functionality of a Gprotein-coupled receptor is a small molecule. In some embodiments, thecompound which stimulates functionality of a G protein-coupled receptoris a small molecule, with the proviso that the small molecule is not apolypeptide. In some embodiments, the compound which stimulatesfunctionality of a G protein-coupled receptor is a small molecule, withthe proviso that the small molecule is not an antibody or anantigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the compoundwhich stimulates functionality of a G protein-coupled receptor is asmall molecule, with the proviso that the small molecule is not a lipid.In some embodiments, the compound which stimulates functionality of a Gprotein-coupled receptor is a small molecule, with the proviso that thesmall molecule is not a polypeptide or a lipid. In some embodiments, thecompound which stimulates functionality of a G protein-coupled receptoris a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the compound which stimulatesfunctionality of a G protein-coupled receptor is a polypeptide, with theproviso that the polypeptide is not an antibody or an antigen-bindingfragment thereof. In some embodiments, the compound which stimulatesfunctionality of a G protein-coupled receptor is a lipid. In someembodiments, the compound which stimulates functionality of a Gprotein-coupled receptor is not an antibody or an antigen-bindingfragment thereof. In some embodiments, the compound which stimulatesfunctionality of a G protein-coupled receptor is an antibody or anantigen-binding fragment thereof.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallydetermining the structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compound usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or thecompound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallyproviding the name or structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step ofoptionally producing or synthesizing the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual as apharmaceutical.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises evaluating thebioavailability of the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

The invention additionally features a process comprising performing amethod according to this eighth aspect.

In a ninth aspect, the invention features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) contacting a compound in the presence of which less of a        complex between a G protein-coupled receptor and an optionally        labelled known ligand to the receptor is formed than in the        absence of the compound, wherein the G protein-coupled receptor        comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group        consisting of:        -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid            sequence of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution,            deletion or addition of one or several amino acids in the            amino acid sequence defined in (i);        -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent            conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;        -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group            consisting of:            -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID                NO: 2; and            -   (b′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids                of SEQ ID NO: 2;        -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active            version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2;            and        -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to            (vi); in vitro with a vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or            with a cell capable of secreting PYY, said compound having            been determined or identified by a method according to the            fourth aspect; and    -   (b) determining whether the compound stimulates PYY secretion        from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the cell        capable of secreting PYY;        wherein the ability of the test compound to stimulate PYY        secretion from the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell or from the        cell capable of secreting PYY is further indicative of the test        compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for        treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a        compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an        individual.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprises theamino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor having at leastabout 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the receptor comprises the amino acid sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a mammalianortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is recombinant.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate enteroendocrine cell is amammalian enteroendocrine cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an L cell. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom the small or large intestine. In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived from tissue obtainedfrom an L cell-containing region of small or large intestine. In certainembodiments, the enteroendocrine cell is comprised by or derived fromduodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue (see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16). In certain embodiments, theenteroendocrine cell is an enteroendocrine cell line. In certainembodiments, the cell capable of secreting PYY is a cell comprised by orderived from the islets of Langerhans. In certain embodiments, the cellcapable of secreting PYY is a neuronal cell. In certain embodiments, thecell capable of secreting PYY is a recombinant cell engineered to becapable of secreting PYY.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) administering a compound to a vertebrate, wherein in the        presence of said compound less of a complex between a G        protein-coupled receptor and an optionally labelled known ligand        to the receptor is formed than in the absence of the compound,        wherein the G protein-coupled receptor comprises an amino acid        sequence selected from the group consisting of:        -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid            sequence of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution,            deletion or addition of one or several amino acids in the            amino acid sequence in (i);        -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent            conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;        -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group            consisting of:            -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID                NO: 2; and            -   (b′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids                of SEQ ID NO: 2;        -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active            version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2;            and        -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to            (vi);        -   said compound having been determined or identified by a            method according to the fourth aspect; and    -   (b) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in        the vertebrate;        wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY level        in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test compound        being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment or        prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful        for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

The invention additionally features a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues, compounds useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual, comprising the steps of:

-   -   (a) determining whether the compound increases a PYY level in a        sample, said sample having been obtained from a vertebrate        previous administered with a compound in the presence of which        less of a complex between a G protein-coupled receptor and an        optionally labelled known ligand to the receptor is formed than        in the absence of the compound, wherein the G protein-coupled        receptor comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the        group consisting of:        -   (i) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (ii) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO:2;        -   (iii) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid            sequence of a polypeptide derived from (i) by substitution,            deletion or addition of one or several amino acids in the            amino acid sequence defined in (i);        -   (iv) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent            conditions stringency to the complement of SEQ ID NO:1;        -   (v) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group            consisting of:            -   (a′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID                NO: 2; and            -   (b′) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled                receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acids                of SEQ ID NO: 2;        -   (vi) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active            version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2;            and        -   (vii) a biologically active fragment of any one of (i) to            (vi); said compound having been determined or identified by            a method according to the fourth aspect; and            wherein the ability of the test compound to increase a PYY            level in the vertebrate is further indicative of the test            compound being a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for            treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or            a compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity            in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate is a mammal. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the vertebrate is a non-human mammal. In certainembodiments, the mammal is a non-human mammal.

In certain embodiments, the vertebrate or the mammal is a human. Incertain embodiments, the human is a participant in a study reviewed by agovernmental agency charged with marketing approval for a drug. Incertain embodiments, the study is a clinical trial. In certainembodiments, the governmental agency is the Food and Drug Administrationof the United States.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention isSEQ ID NO:2 or an allele thereof. In some embodiments, a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is anortholog of SEQ ID NO:2.

In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor which specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention is aG protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention is a G protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP accumulation. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, stringent hybridization conditions comprisehybridization at 42° C. in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5×SSC(1×SSC=150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/mldenatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing at 65° C. in asolution comprising 0.1×SSC. Hybridization techniques are well known tothe skilled artisan.

In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is SEQ IDNO:2 or an allele thereof. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, theGPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditionsto the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. Incertain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is areceptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor having at least about 80% identity to SEQ IDNO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor comprising at least 20 contiguous amino acidsof SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 whichis a G protein-coupled receptor is an endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 which is aG protein-coupled receptor is a non-endogenous G protein-coupledreceptor.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or an allelethereof. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an allele of SEQ IDNO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which hasat least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which has atleast about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichhas at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits a detectablelevel of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, the constitutiveactivity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for causing melanophore cellsto undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is SEQ ID NO: 2 or anallele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupledreceptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ IDNO: 2 is an allele of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the Gprotein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20 contiguous aminoacids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certainembodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprises at least 20contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor which comprisesat least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptor forwhich(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist. In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor whichcomprises at least 20 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits adetectable level of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP.In some embodiments, the constitutive activity is for causingmelanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In some embodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor is part of a fusionprotein comprising a G protein. Techniques for making a GPCR:G fusionconstruct are well known to the skilled artisan (see, e.g.,International Application WO 02/42461).

In some embodiments, the compound in the presence of which less of acomplex between a G protein-coupled receptor and an optionally labelledknown ligand to the receptor is formed than in the absence of thecompound is a small molecule. In some embodiments, the compound in thepresence of which less of a complex between a G protein-coupled receptorand an optionally labelled known ligand to the receptor is formed thanin the absence of the compound is a small molecule, with the provisothat the small molecule is not a polypeptide. In some embodiments, thecompound in the presence of which less of a complex between a Gprotein-coupled receptor and an optionally labelled known ligand to thereceptor is formed than in the absence of the compound is a smallmolecule, with the proviso that the small molecule is not an antibody oran antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the compoundin the presence of which less of a complex between a G protein-coupledreceptor and an optionally labelled known ligand to the receptor isformed than in the absence of the compound is a small molecule, with theproviso that the small molecule is not a lipid. In some embodiments, thetest compound is a small molecule, with the proviso that the smallmolecule is not a polypeptide or a lipid. In some embodiments, the testcompound is a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the compound in thepresence of which less of a complex between a G protein-coupled receptorand an optionally labelled known ligand to the receptor is formed thanin the absence of the compound is a polypeptide, with the proviso thatthe polypeptide is not an antibody or an antigen-binding fragmentthereof. In some embodiments, the compound in the presence of which lessof a complex between a G protein-coupled receptor and an optionallylabelled known ligand to the receptor is formed than in the absence ofthe compound is a lipid. In some embodiments, the compound in thepresence of which less of a complex between a G protein-coupled receptorand an optionally labelled known ligand to the receptor is formed thanin the absence of the compound is not an antibody or an antigen-bindingfragment thereof. In some embodiments, the compound in the presence ofwhich less of a complex between a G protein-coupled receptor and anoptionally labelled known ligand to the receptor is formed than in theabsence of the compound is an antibody or an antigen-binding fragmentthereof.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying PYYsecretagogues.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying compoundsuseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY.

In certain embodiments, the method is a method for identifying compoundsuseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual.

In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 is a GPR119 agonist. Incertain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or the GPR119 agonist is aligand or agonist of an endogenous vertebrate, mammalian or human GPR119receptor. In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or the GPR119agonist is a ligand or agonist of an endogenous human GPR119 receptor.In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or the GPR119 agonist isidentical to a compound disclosed in, e.g., in International ApplicationNo. PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 04/065380); InternationalApplication No. PCT/US2004/005555 (published as WO 04/076413);International Application No. PCT/US2004/022327 (published as WO05/007647); International Application No. PCT/US2004/022417 (publishedas WO 05/007658); International Application No. PCT/US2005/019318(published as WO 2005/121121); International Application No.PCT/GB2004/050046 (published as WO 2005/061489); InternationalApplication No. PCT/US06/00567 (published as WO 2006/083491);International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050264 (published as WO2006/067531); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050265 (publishedas WO 2006/067532); International Application No. PCT/GB2005/050266(published as WO 2006/070208); International Application No.PCT/JP02/09350 (published as WO 03/026661); International ApplicationNo. PCT/JP2005/018412 (published as WO 06/040966); InternationalApplication No. PCT/JP2005/019000 (published as WO 2006/043490);International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050176 (published as WO2007/003960); International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050177 (publishedas WO 2007/003961); International Application No. PCT/GB2006/050178(published as WO 2007/003962); International Application No.PCT/GB2006/050182 (published as WO 2007/003964); InternationalApplication No. PCT/JP02/09350 (published as WO 03/026661);International Application No. PCT/GB2007/050183 (published as WO2007/116229); International Application No. PCT/GB2007/050190 (publishedas WO 2007/116230); International Application No. PCT/US2007/073364(published as WO 2008/008895); International Application No.PCT/EP2007/058991 (published as WO 2008/025798); InternationalApplication No. PCT/EP2007/058993 (published as WO 2008/025799); orInternational Application No. PCT/EP2007/058995 (published as WO2008/025800). In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 or theGPR119 agonist is(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the ligand for GPR119 is an endogenous ligand ofan endogenous vertebrate, mammalian, or human GPR119 receptor.

In certain embodiments, the optionally labeled known ligand is a labeledknown ligand. In certain embodiments, the labeled known ligand is aradiolabeled known ligand. Techniques for radiolabeling a compound, suchas for labeling a known ligand of a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention, are well known to the skilled artisan. See, e.g.,International Application WO 04/065380. Also see, e.g., Example 14,infra.

Techniques for detecting the complex between a G protein-coupledreceptor and a compound known to be a ligand of the G protein-coupledreceptor are well known to the skilled artisan. See, e.g., InternationalApplication WO 04/065380. Also see, e.g., Example 15, infra.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallydetermining the structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compound usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or thecompound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, the method further comprises the step of optionallyproviding the name or structure of the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step ofoptionally producing or synthesizing the PYY secretagogue, the compounduseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, orthe compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual as apharmaceutical.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises evaluating thebioavailability of the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity.

In some embodiments, said method further comprises the step offormulating the PYY secretagogue, the compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual into apharmaceutical composition.

The invention additionally features a process comprising performing amethod according to this ninth aspect.

Applicant reserves the right to exclude any one or more candidatecompounds from any of the embodiments of the invention. Applicantreserves the right to exclude any one or more modulators from any of theembodiments of the invention. By way of example and not limitation,Applicant reserves the right to exclude any one or more agonists fromany of the embodiments of the invention. Applicant reserves the right toexclude any polynucleotide or polypeptide from any of the embodiments ofthe invention. Applicant additionally reserves the right to exclude anycondition modulated by PYY, any bone-related condition, any bone-relatedcondition wherein the bone-related condition is a conditioncharacterized by low bone mass, any bone-related condition wherein thebone-related condition is a bone fracture, any bone-related conditionwherein the bone-related condition is a bone disease, any bone-relatedcondition wherein the bone-related condition is enhanced bone healing orbone growth, any metabolic disorder, any angiogenesis-related condition,any ischemia-related condition, any malabsorptive disorder, anyconvulsive disorder, any cancer, any inflammatory disorder, anyinflammatory lung disease, any inflammatory bowel disease, and anymodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual from any of theembodiments of the invention. It is also expressly contemplated thatconditions modulated by PYY, bone-related conditions, bone-relatedconditions wherein the bone-related condition is a conditioncharacterized by low bone mass, bone-related conditions wherein thebone-related condition is a bone fracture, bone-related conditionswherein the bone-related condition is a bone disease, bone-relatedconditions wherein the bone-related condition is enhanced bone healingor bone growth, metabolic disorders, angiogenesis-related conditions,ischemia-related conditions, malabsorptive disorders, convulsivedisorders, cancers, inflammatory disorders, inflammatory lung diseases,inflammatory bowel diseases, and modulations of a PYY-related activityin an individual of the invention can be included in an embodimenteither individually or in any combination.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The invention is illustrated in connection with the figures appendedhereto in which:

FIG. 1 shows that GPR119 receptor exhibits constitutive activity forincreasing cAMP accumulation in transfected HEK293 cells.

FIG. 2 shows that Compound 1 is an agonist of GPR119 receptor.

FIG. 3 shows an effect of administration of GPR119 agonist on plasmatotal PYY in wild-type mice.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The present invention is based, at least in part, on the surprisingdiscovery by Applicant that administration of a GPR119 agonist to anindividual, such as by oral administration, can act to increase a plasmatotal PYY in the individual. The present invention features methodsrelating to GPR119 for identifying PYY secretagogues, compounds usefulfor treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, andcompounds useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in anindividual. A GPR119 agonist is useful for increasing plasma total PYYin an individual. In certain embodiments, the individual is a human.GPR119 agonists are useful as pharmaceutical agents for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY and for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual.

The term “ligand”, as used herein, shall mean a molecule (e.g., testcompound) that specifically binds to a polypeptide, such as GPR119. Aligand may be, for example, a polypeptide, a lipid, a small molecule, anantibody. Compound 1 is an exemplary ligand of GPR119 receptorpolypeptide (see, Table A, which sets forth the chemical structure andchemical name of Compound 1). Compound 1 is identical to a compounddisclosed in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2004/001267(published as WO 2004/065380).(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine(see, Table A) is an exemplary ligand of GPR119 receptor polypeptide. Anendogenous ligand is a ligand that is an endogenous, natural ligand fora native polypeptide, such as GPR119. A ligand may be an “antagonist”,“agonist”, “partial agonist”, or “inverse agonist”, or the like.

TABLE A

(2-Fluoro-4- methanesulfonyl- phenyl)-{6-[4- (3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)- piperidin-1-yl]-5- nitro-pyrimidin-4- yl}-amine

The term “agonist”, as used herein, shall mean an agent (e.g., ligand,test compound) that by virtue of binding to a GPCR activates (e.g.,stimulates) the GPCR so as to elicit an intracellular response mediatedby the GPCR.

The term “partial agonist”, as used herein, shall mean an agent (e.g.,ligand, test compound) that by virtue of binding to a GPCR activates(e.g., stimulates) the GPCR so as to elicit an intracellular responsemediated by the GPCR, albeit to a lesser extent or degree than does afull agonist.

The term “antagonist” shall mean an agent (e.g., ligand, test compound)that binds, and preferably binds competitively, to a GPCR at about thesame site as an agonist or partial agonist but which does not activatean intracellular response initiated by the active form of the GPCR, andcan thereby inhibit the intracellular response by agonist or partialagonist. An anatagonist typically does not diminish the baselineintracellular response in the absence of an agonist or partial agonist.

The term “inverse agonist” shall mean an agent (e.g., ligand, testcompound) which binds to a GPCR and which inhibits the baselineintracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptorbelow the normal base level activity which is observed in the absence ofan agonist or partial agonist.

The term “GPR119 agonist,” as used herein, refers to a compound thatbinds to GPR119 receptor and acts as an agonist. Compound 1 is anexemplary GPR119 agonist (see, Table A, which sets forth the chemicalstructure and chemical name of Compound 1). Compound 1 is identical to acompound disclosed in International Patent Application No.PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 2004/065380).(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl})-amineis an exemplary GPR119 agonist.

The term “selective GPR119 agonist,” as used herein, refers to a GPR119agonist having selectivity for GPR119 receptor over one or more relatedreceptors, such as corticotrophin-releasing factor-1 (CRF-1) receptor.Compound 1 is an exemplary selective GPR119 agonist (see, Table A, whichsets forth the chemical structure and chemical name of Compound 1).Compound 1 is identical to a compound disclosed in International PatentApplication No. PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 2004/065380).(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an exemplary selective GPR119 agonist.

The term “PYY secretagogue” shall mean an agent (e.g., ligand, testcompound) that promotes (e.g., stimulates) secretion of PYY in a cell,e.g. an enteroendocrine cell, or that increases a level of total PYY,e.g. a level of blood or plasma total PYY, on administration to anindividual such as a vertebrate or a mammal. In certain embodiments, aPYY secretagogue is a compound suitable for increasing a level of totalPYY in an individual, for example a level of blood or plasma total PYY.

As used herein, the term “condition modulated by PYY” refers to acondition modulated by PYY₁₋₃₆ or by a fragment thereof that is capableof modulating a G protein-coupled receptor. In certain embodiments, theterm “condition modulated by PYY” refers to a condition modulated byPYY₃₋₃₆. In certain embodiments, the term “condition modulated by PYY”refers to a condition modulated by an NPY Y2 receptor (Y2R) agonist. Incertain embodiments, the term “condition modulated by PYY” refers to acondition modulated by stimulation of Y2R. In certain embodiments, theterm “condition modulated by PYY₃₋₃₆” refers to a condition modulated bya Y2R agonist. In certain embodiments, the term “condition modulated byPYY₃₋₃₆” refers to a condition modulated by stimulation of Y2R.

As used herein, the term “PYY-related activity” refers to an activityfor modulating a level of PYY or to an activity associated with PYY. Incertain embodiments, the term “PYY-related activity” refers to anactivity for increasing a level of PYY or to an activity associated withPYY.

The term “individual,” as used herein, refers to a vertebrate, includingbut not limited to fish (such as commercially farmed fish, pet fish,etc.), amphibians (such as frogs, toads, pet amphibians, etc.), reptiles(such as snakes, lizards, turtles, pet reptiles, etc.), birds (such aschickens, turkeys, pet birds, etc.) and mammals (such as mice, rats,hamsters, rabbits, pigs, dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, goats,non-human primates, non-human mammals, pet non-human mammals, humans,etc.). In certain embodiments, the individual is a fish. In certainembodiments, the individual is an amphibian. In certain embodiments, theindividual is a reptile. In certain embodiments, the individual is abird. In certain embodiments, the individual is a turkey. Over the past25 yr, commercial selection pressure for turkeys with larger breastmuscle mass has placed increasing demands on skeletal integrity. Theincreased breast muscle mass, however, has not been accompanied bycompensatory changes in the skeleton, with the result that the turkeyindustry has experienced an increase in leg problems. Long bone fracturein young adult male turkeys has been reported. (See, e.g., Crespo et al,Poult Sci (2000) 79:602-608.) In certain embodiments, the individual isa mammal. In certain embodiments, the individual is a mouse, a rat, ahamster, a rabbit, a pig, a dog, a cat, a horse, a cow, a sheep, a goat,a non-human primate or a human (which may be included in embodiments ofthe invention individually or in any combination). In certainembodiments, the individual is a horse. Performance horses, which arehorses involved in activities such as racing, pacing and othercompetitive events, are susceptible to bone fracture. In certainembodiments, the individual is a dog or a cat. In certain embodiments,the individual is a human companion animal (such as a dog, a cat, etc.),a farm animal (such as a cow, a sheep, a goat, a pig, a chicken, etc.),a sports animal (such as a horse, a dog, etc.), a beast of burden (suchas a mule, a camel, etc.) or an exotic animal (such as an animal foundin a zoo, etc.), which may be included in embodiments of the inventionindividually or in any combination. In certain embodiments, theindividual is a non-human vertebrate. In certain embodiments, theindividual is a non-human mammal. In certain embodiments, the individualis a non-human primate (such as a rhesus monkey, a chimpanzee, etc.). Incertain embodiments, the individual is a human.

The term “in need of prevention or treatment” as used herein refers to ajudgement made by a caregiver (e.g. physician, nurse, nurse practitionerin the case of humans; veterinarian in the case of non-humanvertebrates, and in particular embodiment non-human mammals) that anindividual requires or will benefit from treatment.

The term “therapeutically effective amount” or “therapeuticallyeffective dose” as used herein refers to the amount of active compoundor pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinalresponse in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human that is beingsought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician,which includes one or more of the following:

-   (1) Preventing the disease; for example, preventing a disease,    condition or disorder in an individual that may be predisposed to    the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or    display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease,-   (2) Inhibiting the disease; for example, inhibiting a disease,    condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or    displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition    or disorder (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology    and/or symptomatology), and-   (3) Ameliorating the disease; for example, ameliorating a disease,    condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or    displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition    or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).

The term “therapeutic efficacy” as used herein refers to elicitation ofthe biological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal,individual or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian,medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of thefollowing:

-   (1) Preventing the disease; for example, preventing a disease,    condition or disorder in an individual that may be predisposed to    the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or    display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease,-   (2) Inhibiting the disease; for example, inhibiting a disease,    condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or    displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition    or disorder (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology    and/or symptomatology), and-   (3) Ameliorating the disease; for example, ameliorating a disease,    condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or    displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition    or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).

The term “amount that is effective to prevent” refers to that amount ofdrug that will prevent or reduce the risk of occurrence of thebiological or medical event that is sought to be prevented. In manyinstances, the amount that is effective to prevent is the same as thetherapeutically effective amount.

The term “peripheral administration” shall mean administration outsideof the central nervous system. Peripheral administration does notinclude direct administration to the brain. Peripheral administrationincludes, but is not limited to, intravascular, intramuscular,subcutaneous, inhalation, oral, sublingual, enteral, rectal,transdermal, or intra-nasal administration.

The term “composition” shall mean a material comprising at least onecomponent.

The term “active ingredient” shall mean any component that providespharmacological activity or other direct effect in the diagnosis, cure,mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease.

The term “pharmaceutical composition” shall mean a compositioncomprising at least one active ingredient, whereby the composition isamenable to investigation and treatment in a mammal.

By “pharmaceutically acceptable” it is meant that the carrier, vehicle,diluent, excipients, and/or salt must be compatible with the otheringredients of the formulation, and not deleterious to the recipientthereof.

The term “dosage form” shall mean the physical form in which a drug isproduced and dispensed, such as a tablet, capsule, or an injectable.

By “bone” is intended the dense, semi-rigid, porous, calcifiedconnective tissue forming the major portion of the skeleton of mostvertebrates, comprising a dense organic matrix and an inorganic, mineralcomponent. Bone is any of numerous anatomically distinct structuresmaking up the skeleton of a vertebrate.

The terms “bone mass” and “bone mineral density (BMD)” are usedinterchangeably herein. BMD in humans is usually measured by a standardradiographic technique, dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA). Of themany techniques developed to assess BMD, DXA is the most highlydeveloped technically and the most thoroughly validated biologically.DXA technology, with suitably adapted software, can also be used toreliably assess BMD in animal studies. DXA is used in the diagnosis ofosteoporosis, prognosis (fracture prediction), monitoring the naturalhistory of the disorder, and assessing response to treatment.

The term “low bone mass” as used herein refers to any decrease orreduction in bone mineral density (BMD) in an individual, and includesboth osteoporosis and osteopenia as defined in proposals by the WorldHealth Organization (WHO). The WHO has defined normal as a value of BMDwithin one standard deviation of the young adult reference mean (T-score≧−1). The WHO has defined osteopenia as a value of BMD more than 1standard deviation below the young adult mean, but less than 2.5standard deviations below this value (T-score <−1 and >−2.5). The WHOhas characterized osteoporosis as a more severe form of osteopenia, andhas defined it by value of BMD 2.5 standard deviations or more blow theyoung adult mean (T-score ≦−2.5). (See, e.g., World Health OrganizationTechnical Report Series 921 (2003), Prevention and Management ofOsteoporosis, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated byreference in its entirety.) More commonly, osteopenia is defined as aT-score of less than −1 and greater than −2, and osteoporosis is definedas a T-score of less than or equal to −2. In certain embodiments of thepresent invention, the T-score is measured at the hip with DXA.

The term “osteoporosis” as used herein is defined by a value of BMD 2standard deviations or more below the young adult reference mean(T-score ≦−2) or refers to a diagnosis made by a caregiver (e.g.physician, nurse, nurse practitioner in the case of humans; veterinarianin the case of non-human vertebrates).

Osteoporosis can be classified as either primary or secondary. (See,e.g., World Health Organization Technical Report Series 921 (2003),Prevention and Management of Osteoporosis.) As used herein, the term“osteoporosis” encompasses primary osteoporosis and secondaryosteoporosis. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis is primaryosteoporosis. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis is secondaryosteoporosis.

“Primary osteoporosis” as used herein is associated with menopause(natural, premature, or surgical), aging, or both. It shall beunderstood that in the present invention, primary osteoporosisassociated with menopause (natural, premature, or surgical), primaryosteoporosis associated with aging, and primary osteoporosis associatedwith menopause and aging can be included in embodiments individually orin any combination.

“Secondary osteoporosis” as used herein refers to osteoporosis which isassociated not with menopause or aging but rather with medicalconditions or with the use of medications or drugs. An increased risk ofosteoporosis is associated with a host of medical conditions, includingbut not limited to endocrine and metabolic disorders, and malignantdisease, and with the use of certain medications and drugs, examples ofwhich are well known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., WorldHealth Organization Technical Report Series 921 (2003), Prevention andManagement of Osteoporosis; Williams Textbook of Endocrinology, 10^(th)Edition; the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference inits entirety.) Secondary osteoporosis can also be associated withimmobilization. A diagnosis of osteoporosis secondary to a medicalcondition, to use of a medication or drug, or to immobilization can bemade by a caregiver (e.g. physician, nurse, nurse practitioner in thecase of humans; veterinarian in the case of non-human vertebrates).

By “bone fracture” is intended a complete or incomplete break, ruptureor crack of a bone. Diagnosis of fractures normally depends uponclinical examination and radiological findings. In the invention, bonefractures include, but are not limited to, traumatic fractures,long-term fractures, and pathological fractures.

“Traumatic fracture” as used herein shall refer to an immediate fracturewhich involves a supraliminal trauma with a degree of local violencethat exceeds the natural elasticity of the bone. It can be accompaniedby simultaneous injury to the soft tissues and very often the skin. Atraumatic fracture can be closed (the adjacent soft tissue can beinjured but the covering soft parts are largely preserved). A traumaticfracture can be open (the broken ends of the bone are freed by extensivesoft tissue injury so that pathogens from outside can enter the wounddirectly).

“Long-term fracture” as used herein shall refer to a chronic fracture,fatigue fracture, stress fracture or spontaneous fracture type I.

“Pathological fracture” as used herein shall refer to a spontaneousfracture type II. A pathological fracture arises spontaneously, withoutadequate trauma to account for it. The bone may have been previouslydamaged, either by a systemic disease (e.g., osteoporosis,osteodystrophy, or Paget's osteitis deformans) or by a local bone lesion(e.g., metastasis, radioosteonecrosis, or bone tumor). See, Adler,Claus-Peter, BONE DISEASES, p. 114 (Springer-Verlag, Germany 2000).

Fractures also include, but are not limited no, oblique torsionfracture, transverse fracture, comminuted fracture, compressionfracture, rib fractures, creeping fracture, and fractured femoral neck(Adler, Claus-Peter, BONE DISEASES, Springer-Verlag, Germany (2000)).

As used herein, “bone-related condition” refers to a condition thatderives benefit from treatment according to the invention, by increasingbone mass or bone growth or by decreasing loss of bone mass, andincludes but is not limited to a condition characterized by low bonemass, a bone fracture, a bone disease, and enhancing bone healing orbone growth. It shall be understood that in the present invention,bone-related conditions that can be treated according to the inventioncan be included in embodiments individually or in any combination.

As used herein, the term “condition characterized by low bone mass”includes but is not limited to osteopenia, osteoporosis, rheumatoidarthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss,osteotomy bone loss, childhood idiopathic bone loss, curvature of thespine and loss of height. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis isprimary osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis is secondaryosteoporosis. In certain embodiments, secondary osteoporosis isassociated with a medical condition. In certain embodiments, secondaryosteoporosis is associated with the use of a medication or drug. Incertain embodiments, secondary osteoporosis is associated withimmobilization. Conditions characterized by low bone mass also includebut are not limited to Paget's disease, bone loss due to metastaticcancer, and osteolytic lesions such as those caused by neoplasticdisease, radiotherapy, or chemotherapy. Conditions characterized by lowbone mass also include but are not limited to long-term complications ofosteoporosis such as curvature of the spine, loss of height andprosthetic surgery. It shall be understood that in the presentinvention, conditions characterized by low bone mass can be included inembodiments individually or in any combination. (See, e.g., World HealthOrganization Technical Report Series 921 (2003), Prevention andManagement of Osteoporosis; Williams Textbook of Endocrinology, 10^(th)Edition, Larsen et al, Eds. (2002), W.B. Saunders Company; andEndocrinology and Metabolism, 4^(th) Edition, Felig et al, Eds. (2001),McGraw-Hill Book Company; the disclosure of each of which is hereinincorporated by reference in its entirety.)

As used herein, “bone disease” refers to a disorder or conditionrelating to abnormality of the bone. Bone diseases that can be treatedaccording to the invention, by increasing bone mass or bone growth ordecreasing loss of bone mass, include but are not limited to osteopenia,osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease,alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, childhood idiopathic bone loss,curvature of the spine, and loss of height. In certain embodiments,osteoporosis is primary osteoporosis. In certain embodiments,osteoporosis is secondary osteoporosis. In certain embodiments,secondary osteoporosis is associated with a medical conditions. Incertain embodiments, secondary osteoporosis is associated with the useof a medication or drug. In certain embodiments, secondary osteoporosisis associated with immobilization. Bone diseases that can be treatedaccording to the invention, by increasing bone mass or bone growth, alsoinclude but are not limited to Paget's disease and bone loss due tometastatic cancer. Destructive bone disorders that can be treatedaccording to the invention, by increasing bone mass or growth, includebut are not limited to osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, and osteolyticlesions such as those caused by neoplastic disease, radiotherapy, orchemotherapy. It shall be understood that in the present invention, bonediseases that can be treated according to the invention, by increasingbone mass or growth, can be included in embodiments individually or inany combination. (See, e.g., World Health Organization Technical ReportSeries 921 (2003), Prevention and Management of Osteoporosis; WilliamsTextbook of Endocrinology, 10^(th) Edition, Larsen et al, Eds. (2002),W.B. Saunders Company; and Endocrinology and Metabolism, 4^(th) Edition,Felig et al, Eds. (2001), McGraw-Hill Book Company; the disclosure ofeach of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.)

The present invention also relates to the other conditions that derivebenefit from treatment according to the invention, by increasing bonemass or bone growth or decreasing loss of bone mass, including but notlimited to enhanced bone healing following facial reconstruction,maxillary reconstruction, mandibular reconstruction, periodontal diseaseor tooth extraction, enhanced long bone extension, enhanced prostheticingrowth and increased bone synostosis.

As used herein, “metabolic disorder” refers to a disorder relating toabnormality of metabolism. Metabolic disorders that can be treatedaccording to the invention include but are not limited to overweight,obesity, hyperphagia, diabetes (inclusive of type 1 diabetes and type 2diabetes), type 2 diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insulinresistance, hyperinsulinemia, dyslipidemia, hypertension and metabolicsyndrome. It shall be understood that in the present invention,metabolic disorders that can be treated according to the invention canbe included in embodiments individually or in any combination.

The term “metabolic syndrome” as defined herein, and according to theAdult Treatment Panel III (ATP III; National Institutes of Health: ThirdReport of the National Cholesterol Education Program Expert Panel onDetection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults(Adult Treatment Panel III), Executive Summary; Bethesda, Md., NationalInstitutes of Health, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute, 2001(NIH pub. No 01-3670), occurs when a person meets three or more of fivecriteria related to obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, low HDL cholesterol,high blood pressure, and high fasting glucose.

The term “obesity,” as used herein, is defined as a body mass index(BMI) of 30.0 or greater, in accordance with the WHO classifications ofweight [Kopelman, Nature (2000) 404:635-643; the disclosure of which isherein incorporated by reference in its entirety].

“Impaired glucose tolerance” (IGT) as used herein is intended toindicate that condition associated with insulin-resistance that isintermediate between frank, type 2 diabetes and normal glucose tolerance(NGT). IGT is diagnosed by a procedure wherein an affected person'spostprandial glucose response is determined to be abnormal as assessedby 2-hour postprandial plasma glucose levels. In this test, a measuredamount of glucose is given to the patient and blood glucose levels aremeasured at regular intervals, usually every half hour for the first twohours and every hour thereafter. In a “normal” or non-IGT individual,glucose levels rise during the first two hours to a level less than 140mg/dl and then drop rapidly. In an IGT individual, the blood glucoselevels are higher and the drop-off level is at a slower rate.

“Insulin resistance” as used herein is intended to encompass the usualdiagnosis of insulin resistance made by any of a number of methods,including but not restricted to: the intravenous glucose tolerance testor measurement of the fasting insulin level. It is well known that thereis an excellent correlation between the height of the fasting insulinlevel and the degree of insulin resistance. Therefore, one could useelevated fasting insulin levels as a surrogate marker for insulinresistance for the purpose of identifying which normal glucose tolerance(NGT) individuals have insulin resistance. A diagnosis of insulinresistance can also be made using the euglycemic glucose clamp test.

“Dyslipidemia” is intended herein to encompass disorders comprising anyone of elevated level of plasma free fatty acids, elevated level ofplasma cholesterol, elevated level of LDL-cholesterol, reduced level ofHDL-cholesterol, elevated ratio of total cholesterol to HDL cholesterol,and elevated level of plasma triglycerides.

As used herein, “angiogenesis-related condition” refers to a conditionthat derives benefit from increased angiogenesis. Angiogenesis-relatedconditions that can be treated according to the invention, by increasingangiogenesis, include but are not limited to peripheral arterialdisease, wound healing, and ischemia. It shall be understood that in thepresent invention, angiogenesis-related conditions that can be treatedaccording to the invention can be included in embodiments individuallyor in any combination.

As used herein, “ischemia” refers to a state of tissue oxygendeprivation or insufficiency.

As used herein, “ischemia-related condition” refers to a condition whichrelates to ischemia. Ischemia-related conditions that can be treatedaccording to the invention include but are not limited to cerebralischemia, stroke, ischemic heart disease, myocardial infarction,ischemia-reperfusion injury, post-myocardial infarction remodeling,heart failure, and congestive heart failure. It shall be understood thatin the present invention, ischemia-related conditions that can betreated according to the invention can be included in embodimentsindividually or in any combination.

“Stroke” is a cardiovascular disease that affects the blood vesselssupplying blood to the brain and is intended herein to include cerebralthrombosis, the most common type of stroke. Cerebral thrombosis occurswhen a blood clot (thrombus) forms and blocks blood flow in an arterybring blood to part of the brain. Blood clots usually form in arteriesdamaged by atherosclerosis.

As used herein, “ischemic heart disease” refers to a disorder caused bylack of oxygen to the tissues of the heart, in which muscles of theheart are affected and the heart cannot pump properly. Ischemic heartdisease is the most common cardiomyopathy in the United States.

As used here, “myocardial infarction” refers to the damage or death ofan area of heart muscle because of an inadequate supply of oxygen tothat are. Myocardial infarctions are often caused by a blood clot thatblocks one of the coronary arteries (the blood vessels that bring oxygento heart muscle). The clot prevents blood and oxygen from reaching thatarea of the heart, leading to the death of heart cells in that area.

The loss of myocardial tissue due to myocardial infarction results in asustained excessive hemodynamic burden placed on the ventricle.Ventricular hypertrophy constitutes one of the principle mechanisms bywhich the heart compensates for an increased load. However, the capacityfor this adaptation to sustain cardiac performance in the face ofhemodynamic overload is finite and, when chronically maintained, becomesmaladaptive. Gradually, the adaptive hypertrophic phenotype transitionsto overt heart failure as the enlarged ventricles progressively dilateand contractile function weakens. The natural history of the adaptiveand maladaptive response to myocardial infarction in the heart isreferred to as “pos-myocardial infaraction remodeling”.

“Congestive heart failure” refers to a disorder in which the heart losesits ability to pump blood efficiently. Congestive heart failure becomesmore prevalent with advancing age. Ischemic heart disease is the mostcommon cause of congestive heart failure, accounting for 60-70% of allcases. An increased venous pressure greater than 12 mmHg is one of themajor Framingham criteria for congestive heart failure, as is areduction in cardiac output equivalent to a circulation time great than25 seconds.

As used herein, “malabsorptive disorder” refers to a disorder relatingto abnormality of secretion and/or absorption in the intenstinalepithelium. Malabsorptive disorders that can be treated according to theinvention include but are not limited to short bowel syndrome,enterocolitis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, irritable bowelsyndrome, cholera and a disorder accompanied by diarrhea. As usedherein, the “disorder accompanied by diarrhea” is not particularlylimited as long as it is a disease or a symptom accompanied by diarrhea,and it does not matter whether it is an acute disease or a chronicdisease. Examples of such a disease or symptom include diarrhea (causedby a parasite, a bacterium, a virus, physical stimulation, dyspepsia,mental disorder, gastrointestinal inflammation or allergy, etc.),irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis and the like. It isexpressly contemplated that each disorder accompanied by diarrhea is aseparate embodiment within the scope of the present invention. It shallbe understood that in the present invention, malabsorptive disordersthat can be treated according to the invention can be included inembodiments individually or in any combination.

As used herein, “convulsive disorder” refers to a disorder of anindividual in which the subject suffers from convulsion, e.g.,convulsions due to epileptic seizure. Convulsive disorders that can betreated according to the invention include epilepsy and non-epilepticseizures, e.g., convulsions due to administration of a convulsant agentto the individual. It shall be understood that in the present invention,convulsive disorders that can be treated according to the invention canbe included in embodiments individually or in any combination.

As used herein, “cancer” refers to a malignant neoplasm. Cancers thatcan be treated according to the invention include but are not limited topancreatic cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, and Barrett'sadenocarcinoma. It shall be understood that in the present invention,cancers that can be treated according to the invention can be includedin embodiments individually or in any combination.

As used herein, “inflammatory disorder” refers to a disorder relating toabnormality of inflammation. Inflammatory disorders that can be treatedaccording to the invention include but are not limited toatherosclerosis, atherothrombosis, insulin resistance, pancreatitis,restenosis, an inflammatory lung disease, and an inflammatory boweldisease. It shall be understood that in the present invention,inflammatory disorders that can be treated according to the inventioncan be included in embodiments individually or in any combination.

As used herein, “atherothrombosis” refers to thrombus formation in anatherosclerotic vessel.

As used herein, “inflammatory lung disease” refers to a conditionrelating to abnormality of inflammation in the lung. Inflammatory lungdiseases that can be treated according to the invention include but arenot limited to asthma, emphysema and pulmonary arterial hypertension(PAH). PAH is a life-threatening disease characterized by a progressivepulmonary vasculopathy leading to right ventricular hypertrophy; rightheart failure occurs if left untreated. PAH shall be understood toencompass the following forms of pulmonary arterial hypertensiondescribed in the 2003 World Health Organization (WHO) clinicalclassification of pulmonary arterial hypertension: idiopathic PAH,familial PAH, PAH associated with other condition, and PAH associatedwith significant venous or capillary involvement. It shall be understoodthat in the present invention, inflammatory lung diseases that can betreated according to the invention can be included in embodimentsindividually or in any combination.

As used herein, the “inflammatory bowel disease” refers to a conditionrelating to abnormality of inflammation in the bowel. Inflammatory boweldiseases that can be treated according to the invention include but arenot limited to Crohn's disease as may be enteritis, enterocolitis,Crohn's disease, granulomatous colitis, ileitis or Crohn's colitis andulcerative colitis as may be ulcerative colitis, sigmoiditis, pancolitisand ulcerative proctitis. It shall be understood that in the presentinvention, inflammatory bowel diseases that can be treated according tothe invention can be included in embodiments individually or in anycombination.

The term “atherosclerosis” as used herein refers to a form of vasculardisease characterized by the deposition of atheromatous plaquescontaining cholesterol and lipids on the innermost layer of the walls oflarge and medium-sized arteries.

“Alzheimer's disease” is a progressive neurodegenerative diseasecharacterized by significant loss of function in more than one cognitivedomain and often accompanied by changes in behavior or personality.Alzheimer's disease is the most common cause of dementia. Thebeta-amyloid peptide (Aβ) is believed to play a central role in thepathology of Alzheimer's disease.

“Mild cognitive impairment” (MCI) is a state of cognitive impairment,most often of memory only, that is not severe enough to significantlyimpact occupational or social functioning. However, many people with MCIprogress to Alzheimer's disease, at a rate of 10-15% per year and up to60% within five years. Growing evidence shows that Alzheimer's diseasepathology begins much earlier than the development of symptoms severeenough to allow a diagnosis of Alzheimer's criteria. In 2001, theAmerican Academy of Neurology (AAN) published clinical practiceparameters for the detection of MCI that will increase awareness,diagnosis, and treatment of both MCI and mild forms of Alzheimer'sdisease.

As used herein, “prion-associated disease” is intended to include butnot be limited to bovine spongiform encephalopathy, Creutzfeldt-Jakobdisease, kuru, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, and fatalfamilial insomnia (Collins et al, Lancet (2004) 363:51-61).

As used herein, “excitotoxic injury” refers to neuronal cell damage orneuronal cell death caused resulting from substance-induced paroxysmaloveractivity, e.g. glutamate-induced paroxysmal activity.

“Parkinson's disease” is a chronic, progressive neurodegenerativedisorder characterized by motor symptoms such as tremor, bradykinesia,muscle rigidity, gait dysfunction, and postural instability. Researchershave identified degeneration of dopaminergic neurons in the substantianigra as the primary pathophysiological mechanism of Parkinson'sdisease.

“Adiponectin” is a plasma protein secreted by adipocytes and comprisedof an N-terminally disposed collagen-like region and a C-terminalglobular region. Reduced levels of adiponectin have been associated witha number of metabolic-related disorders, including atherosclerosis,coronary heart disease, stroke, insulin resistance and type 2 diabetes.The serum adiponectin level for women has been reported to be higherthan that for men, for example 13.5 μg/ml versus 7.2 μg/ml in one study(Yamamoto et al, Clin Sci (London) (2002) 103:137-142).

The term “endogenous” shall mean a material that an individual (forexample, and not limitation, a human) naturally produces. By contrast,“non-endogenous” shall mean that which is not naturally produced by anindividual (for example, and not limitation, a human).

The term “biologically active fragment” of a G protein-coupled receptorshall mean a fragment of the GPCR having structural and biochemicalfunctions of a naturally occurring GPCR. In certain embodiments, thebiologically active fragment couples to a G protein. In certainembodiments, the biologically active fragment binds to a known ligand ofthe GPCR.

The term “primer” is used herein to denote a specific nucleotidesequence which is complementary to a target nucleotide sequence and usedto hybridize to the target nucleotide sequence. A primer serves as aninitiation point for nucleotide polymerization catalyzed by DNApolymerase, RNA polymerase, or reverse transcriptase.

The term “expression vector” shall mean a DNA sequence that is requiredfor the transcription of cloned DNA and translation of the transcribedmRNA in an appropriate host cell recombinant for the expression vector.An appropriately constructed expression vector should contain an originof replication for autonomous replication in host cells, selectablemarkers, a limited number of useful restriction enzyme sites, apotential for high copy number, and active promoters. The cloned DNA tobe transcribed is operably linked to a constitutively or conditionallyactive promoter within the expression vector.

The term “host cell” shall mean a cell capable of having a vectorincorporated therein. In the present context, the vector will typicallycontain nucleic acid encoding a GPCR or GPCR fusion protein in operableconnection with a suitable promoter sequence to permit expression of theGPCR or GPCR fusion protein to occur. In particular embodiment, the hostcell is a eukaryotic host cell. In certain embodiments, the eukaryotichost cell is a mammalian host cell. In certain embodiments, theeukaryotic host cell is a yeast host cell. In certain embodiments, theeukaryotic host cell is a melanophore host cell.

The term “contact” or “contacting” shall mean bringing at least twomoieties together.

The terms “modulate” or “modify” shall be taken to refer to an increaseor decrease in the amount, quality, or effect of a particular activity,function or molecule or, when in reference to a condition, shall betaken to refer to a change in the status of said condition. By way ofillustration and not limitation, agonists, partial agonists, inverseagonists, and antagonists of a G protein-coupled receptor are modulatorsof the receptor.

The term “small molecule” shall be taken to mean a compound having amolecular weight of less than about 10,000 grams per mole, including apeptide, peptidomimetic, amino acid, amino acid analogue,polynucleotide, polynucleotide analogue, nucleotide, nucleotideanalogue, organic compound or inorganic compound (i.e. including aheterorganic compound or organometallic compound), and salts, esters andother pharmaceutically acceptable forms thereof. In certain embodiments,small molecules are organic or inorganic compounds having a molecularweight of less than about 5,000 grams per mole. In certain embodiments,small molecules are organic or inorganic compounds having molecularweight of less than about 1,000 grams per mole. In certain embodiments,small molecules are organic or inorganic compounds having a molecularweight of less than about 800 grams per mole. In certain embodiments,small molecules are organic or inorganic compounds having a molecularweight of less than about 600 grams per mole. In certain embodiments,small molecules are organic or inorganic compounds having a molecularweight of less than about 500 grams per mole.

Amino acid abbreviations used herein are set out in Table B:

TABLE B ALANINE ALA A ARGININE ARG R ASPARAGINE ASN N ASPARTIC ACID ASPD CYSTEINE CYS C GLUTAMIC ACID GLU E GLUTAMINE GLN Q GLYCINE GLY GHISTIDINE HIS H ISOLEUCINE ILE I LEUCINE LEU L LYSINE LYS K METHIONINEMET M PHENYLALANINE PHE F PROLINE PRO P SERINE SER S THREONINE THR TTRYPTOPHAN TRP W TYROSINE TYR Y VALINE VAL V

The term “polypeptide” shall refer to a polymer of amino acids withoutregard to the length of the polymer. Thus, peptides, oligopeptides, andproteins are included within the definition of polypeptide. This termalso does not specify or exclude post-expression modifications ofpolypeptides. For example, polypeptides that include the covalentattachment of glycosyl groups, acetyl groups, phosphate groups, lipidgroups and the like are expressly encompassed by the term polypeptide.

The term “polynucleotide” shall refer to RNA, DNA, or RNA/DNA hybridsequence of more than one nucleotide in either single chain or duplexform. The polynucleotides of the invention may be prepared by any knownmethod, including synthetic, recombinant, ex vivo generation, or acombination thereof, as well as utilizing any purification methods knownin the art.

The term “antibody” is intended herein to encompass monoclonal antibodyand polyclonal antibody.

The term “second messenger” shall mean an intracellular responseproduced as a result of receptor activation. A second messenger caninclude, for example, inositol 1,4,5-triphosphate (IP₃), diacylglycerol(DAG), cyclic AMP (cAMP), cyclic GMP (cGMP), MAP kinase activity,MAPK/ERK kinase kinase-1 (MEKK1) activity, and Ca²⁺. Second messengerresponse can be measured for a determination of receptor activation.

The term “receptor functionality” shall refer to the normal operation ofa receptor to receive a stimulus and moderate an effect in the cell,including, but not limited to regulating gene transcription, regulatingthe influx or efflux of ions, effecting a catalytic reaction, and/ormodulating activity through G-proteins, such as eliciting a secondmessenger response.

The term “stimulate” or “stimulating,” in relationship to the term“response” or “functionality of the receptor” shall mean that a responseor a functionality of the receptor is increased in the presence of acompound as opposed to in the absence of the compound.

The term “inhibit” or “inhibiting,” in relationship to the term“response” or “functionality of the receptor” shall mean that a responsea functionality of the receptor is decreased or prevented in thepresence of a compound as opposed to in the absence of the compound.

The term “compound efficacy” shall mean a measurement of the ability ofa compound to inhibit or stimulate receptor functionality, as opposed toreceptor binding affinity.

The term “test compound,” used interchangeably herein with “candidatecompound,” shall mean a molecule (for example, and not limitation, achemical compound) which is amenable to a screening technique.

The term “constitutively active” in relationship to a G protein-coupledreceptor shall mean that the G protein-coupled receptor exhibitsagonist-independent activity.

The term “directly identifying” or “directly identified”, inrelationship to the phrase “test compound,” shall mean the screening ofa compound against a G protein-coupled receptor in the absence of aknown ligand (e.g., a known agonist) to the G protein-coupled receptor.

Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that eachintervening value, to the tenth of the lower limit unless the contextclearly indicates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of thatrange and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, isencompassed within the invention. The upper and lower limits of thesesmaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges, andare also encompassed within the invention, subject to any specificallyexcluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes oneor both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those includedlimits are also included in the invention.

A. Introduction

The order of the following sections is set forth for presentationalefficiency and is not intended, nor should be construed, as a limitationon the disclosure or the claims to follow.

B. Receptor Expression

1. GPCR Polypeptides of Interest

A GPCR of the invention may comprise an amino acid sequence selectedfrom the group consisting of:

-   -   (a) amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (b) amino acids 2-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (c) an amino acid sequence comprising the amino acid sequence of        a polypeptide derived from (a) by substitution, deletion or        addition of one or several amino acids in the amino acid        sequence defined in (a);    -   (d) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor        encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent        conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1;    -   (e) a variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 when selected from the group        consisting of:        -   (i) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            having at least about 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2; and        -   (ii) the amino acid sequence of a G protein-coupled receptor            comprising at least contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2;    -   (f) the amino acid sequence of a constitutively active version        of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQ ID NO: 2; and    -   (g) a biologically active fragment of any one of any one of (a)        to (f).

In certain embodiments, a GPCR of the invention comprises the amino acidsequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. In some embodiments, a GPCR of the inventionis an allele of SEQ ID NO:2. In some embodiments, a GPCR of theinvention is an ortholog of SEQ ID NO:2.

In some embodiments, a GPCR of the invention is recombinant. In someembodiments, the recombinant GPCR is recombinant human GPR119.

In certain embodiments, a GPCR that may be used in the subject methodsexhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity.

In some embodiments, a GPCR of the invention is endogenous. In someembodiments, a GPCR of the invention is a mammalian GPR119. In someembodiments, a GPCR of the invention that is endogenous is a mammalianGPR119.

By way of illustration and not limitation, deletion of an N-terminalmethionine residue is envisioned to provide a biologically activefragment that may be used in the subject invention. In certainembodiments, a biologically active fragment of the invention is afragment optionally fused at its N-terminus to a peptide comprising anN-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag (from hemagglutinininfluenza virus) that specifically binds Compound 1. In certainembodiments, a biologically active fragment of the invention is afragment optionally fused at its N-terminus to a peptide comprising anN-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag (from hemagglutinininfluenza virus) that specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, a biologically active fragment of the inventionis a fragment optionally fused at its N-terminus to a peptide comprisingan N-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag that specificallybinds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 50 μM, less than about 25 μM, less than about10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 500nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about 50 nM. In certainembodiments, a biologically active fragment of the invention is afragment optionally fused at its N-terminus to a peptide comprising anN-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag that specificallybinds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1μM, less than about 500 nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about50 nM. In certain embodiments, a biologically active fragment of theinvention is a fragment optionally fused at its N-terminus to a peptidecomprising an N-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag forwhich(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said fragment optionally fused atits N-terminus to said peptide in whole cell adenylyl cyclase assayaccording to Example 10 or in HTRF® assay according to Example 11,infra, of less than about 5 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about100 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 10nM, less than about 5 nM, or less than about 1 nM. In certainembodiments, a biologically active fragment of the invention is afragment optionally fused at its N-terminus to a peptide comprising anN-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said fragment optionally fused atits N-terminus to said peptide in whole cell adenylyl cyclase assayaccording to Example 10 or in HTRF® assay according to Example 11,infra, of less than about 100 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about25 nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, or less than about 1nM. In some embodiments, a biologically active fragment of the inventionis a fragment optionally fused at its N-terminus to a peptide comprisingan N-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag that exhibits adetectable level of constitutive activity. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for increasing a level of intracellular cAMP.In some embodiments, the constitutive activity is for causingmelanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion. In certain embodiments,the fragment is fused at its N-terminus to a peptide consistingessentially of an N-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag.Techniques for fusing a peptide comprising or consisting essentially ofan N-terminal methionine residue and an HA epitope tag to the N-terminusof a polypeptide fragment are well known in the art and can be obtainedcommercially (e.g., Clontech, Mountain View, Calif.).

An allelic variant of human GPR119 of SEQ ID NO: 2 is envisioned to bewithin the scope of the invention. Human GPR119 is envisioned to bewithin the scope of the invention.

A variant which is a vertebrate ortholog of human GPR119 of SEQ ID NO: 2is envisioned to be within the scope of the invention. A variant whichis a mammalian ortholog of human GPR119 of SEQ ID NO: 2 is envisioned tobe within the scope of the invention. By way of illustration and notlimitation, mouse GPR119 (e.g., GenBank® Accession No. AY288423), ratGPR119 (GenBank® Accession No. AAN95195), hamster GPR119, dog GPR119,and non-human primate GPR119 are envisioned to be within the scope ofthe invention.

In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a GPCR.

A variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 having at least about 80%, at least about 85%,at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at leastabout 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% identity to SEQ IDNO: 2 is envisioned to be within the scope of the invention. In certainembodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 having at least about 80%, atleast about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 is a GPCR. In some embodiments, the variant ofSEQ ID NO: 2 is an endogenous GPCR. In some embodiments, the variant ofSEQ ID NO: 2 is a non-endogenous GPCR. In some embodiments, the variantof SEQ ID NO: 2 that is an endogenous GPCR is a mammalian GPCR. Incertain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically bindsCompound 1. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 50 μM, less than about 25 μM, less than about10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 500nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about 50 nM. In certainembodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1μM, less than about 500 nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about50 nM. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptorfor which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said receptor in whole celladenylyl cyclase assay according to Example 10 or in HTRF® assayaccording to Example 11, infra, of less than about 5 μM, less than about1 μM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, or less than about 1nM. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptorfor which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said receptor in whole celladenylyl cyclase assay according to Example 10 or in HTRF® assayaccording to Example 11, infra, of less than about 100 nM, less thanabout 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 10 nM, less thanabout 5 nM, or less than about 1 nM. In some embodiments, the variant ofSEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. Insome embodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion. Percentidentity can be determined conventionally using known computer programs.

In certain embodiments, a variant GPCR that may be used in the subjectmethods has an amino acid sequence having at least about 80%, at leastabout 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, of at least about96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%identity to SEQ ID NO: 2. By a variant GPCR having, for example, 95%“identity” to SEQ ID NO: 2 is meant that the amino acid sequence of thevariant is identical to amino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2 except that itmay include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acidsof SEQ ID NO: 2. Thus, to obtain for example an amino acid sequencehaving at least 95% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2,up to 5% (5 of 100) of the amino acid residues in the sequence may beinserted, deleted, or substituted with another amino acid compared withamino acids 1-335 of SEQ ID NO: 2. These alternations may occur at theamino or carboxy termini or anywhere between those terminal positions,interspersed either subjectly among residues in the sequence or in oneor more contiguous groups within the sequence.

In certain embodiments, a variant G protein-coupled receptor that may beused in the subject methods is a G protein-coupled receptor having anamino acid sequence derived from SEQ ID NO: 2 by deletion, substitution,and/or addition of one or several amino acids. In certain embodiments, avariant G protein-coupled receptor that may be used in the subjectmethods is a G protein-coupled receptor having an amino acid sequencederived from SEQ ID NO: 2 by no more than 10 conservative amino acidsubstitutions and/or no more than 3 non-conservative amino acidsubstitutions in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certainembodiments, arginine, lysine and histidine may conservativelysubstitute for each other; glutamic acid and aspartic acid mayconservatively substitute for each other; glutamine and asparagine mayconservatively substitute for each other; leucine, isoleucine and valinemay conservatively substitute for each other; phenylalanine, tryptophanand tyrosine may conservatively substitute for each other; and glycine,alanine, serine, threonine and methionine may conservatively substitutefor each other. The amino acid substitutions, amino acid deletions, andamino acid additions may be at any position (e.g., the C-or N-terminus,or at internal positions). In some embodiments, the variant is anendogenous G protein-coupled receptor. In some embodiments, the variantis an endogenous vertebrate G protein-coupled receptor. In someembodiments, the variant is an endogenous mammalian G protein-coupledreceptor. In some embodiments, the variant is an endogenous human Gprotein-coupled receptor. In some embodiments, the variant is anon-endogenous G protein-coupled receptor. In some embodiments, thevariant exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing intracellularcAMP. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity is for causingmelanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion. In certain embodiments,said G protein-coupled receptor having an amino acid sequence derivedfrom SEQ ID NO: 2 is a G protein-coupled receptor for which Compound 1is a ligand. In certain embodiments, said G protein-coupled receptorhaving an amino acid sequence derived from SEQ ID NO: 2 is a Gprotein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis a ligand having an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according toExample 15, infra, of less than about 50 μM, less than about 25 μM, lessthan about 10M, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1 μM, less thanabout 500 nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about 50 nM. Incertain embodiments, said G protein-coupled receptor having an aminoacid sequence derived from SEQ ID NO: 2 is a G protein-coupled receptorfor which Compound 1 is an agonist. In certain embodiments, said Gprotein-coupled receptor having an amino acid sequence derived from SEQID NO: 2 is a G protein-coupled receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value in whole cell adenylyl cyclase assayaccording to Example 10 or in HTRF® assay according to Example 11,infra, of less than about 5 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about100 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 10nM, less than about 5 nM, or less than about 1 nM.

A variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 that is a G protein-coupled receptorcomprising at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least75, or at least 100 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 is envisionedto be within the scope of the invention. In certain embodiments, thevariant of SEQ ID NO: 2 comprising at least 20, at least 30, at least40, at least 50, at least 75, or at least 100 contiguous amino acids ofSEQ ID NO: 2 is a GPCR. In some embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2is an endogenous GPCR. In some embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2is a non-endogenous GPCR. In some embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO:2 that is an endogenous GPCR is a mammalian GPCR. In certainembodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds Compound 1.In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 50 μM, less than about 25 μM, less than about10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 500nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about 50 nM. In certainembodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1μM, less than about 500 nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about50 nM. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptorfor which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said receptor in whole celladenylyl cyclase assay according to Example 10 or in HTRF® assayaccording to Example 11, infra, of less than about 5 μM, less than about1 μM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, or less than about 1nM. In certain embodiments, the variant of SEQ ID NO: 2 is a receptorfor which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said receptor in whole celladenylyl cyclase assay according to Example 10 or in HTRF® assayaccording to Example 11, infra, of less than about 100 nM, less thanabout 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 10 nM, less thanabout 5 nM, or less than about 1 nM. In some embodiments, the variant ofSEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits a detectable level of constitutive activity. Insome embodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion. In someembodiments, the G protein-coupled receptor comprising at least 20, atleast 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 75, or at least 100contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 exhibits a detectable level ofconstitutive activity. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor increasing a level of intracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for causing melanophore cells to undergopigment dispersion.

In some embodiments, a variant GPCR that may be used in the subjectmethods is a GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing understringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1. In someembodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing understringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is an endogenousGPCR. In some embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1is a non-endogenous GPCR. In some embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 and that is an endogenous GPCR is a mammalian endogenousGPCR. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1is SEQ ID NO:2 or an allele thereof. In certain embodiments, the GPCRencoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions tothe complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is an allele of SEQ ID NO:2. In certainembodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing understringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 is an ortholog ofSEQ ID NO:2. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by apolynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions to the complementof SEQ ID NO: 1 specifically binds Compound 1. In certain embodiments,the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringentconditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine.In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizingunder stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1specifically binds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 50 μM, less than about 25 μM, less than about10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 500nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about 50 nM. In certainembodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing understringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 specificallybinds(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-aminewith an IC₅₀ value in receptor binding assay according to Example 15,infra, of less than about 10 μM, less than about 5 μM, less than about 1μM, less than about 500 nM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about50 nM. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl})-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said receptor in whole celladenylyl cyclase assay according to Example 10 or in HTRF® assayaccording to Example 11, infra, of less than about 5 μM, less than about1 μM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 50 nM, less than about 25nM, less than about 10 nM, less than about 5 nM, or less than about 1nM. In certain embodiments, the GPCR encoded by a polynucleotidehybridizing under stringent conditions to the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1is a receptor for which(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amineis an agonist having an EC₅₀ value at said receptor in whole celladenylyl cyclase assay according to Example 10 or in HTRF® assayaccording to Example 11, infra, of less than about 100 nM, less thanabout 50 nM, less than about 25 nM, less than about 10 nM, less thanabout 5 nM, or less than about 1 nM. In some embodiments, the GPCRencoded by a polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions tothe complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 exhibits a detectable level ofconstitutive activity. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor increasing a level of intracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for causing melanophore cells to undergopigment dispersion.

Hybridization techniques are well known to the skilled artisan. In someembodiments, stringent hybridization conditions include overnightincubation at 42° C. in a solution comprising: 50% formamide, 5×SSC(1×SSC=150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/mldenatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA; followed by washing the filter in0.1×SSC at about 65° C. In some embodiments, stringent hybridizationconditions include overnight incubation at 42° C. in a solutioncomprising: 50% formamide, 5×SSC (1×SSC=150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodiumcitrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10%dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA;followed by a wash in 0.1×SSC/0.1% SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate) or in0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at about 50° C., at about 55° C., at about 60° C. or atabout 65° C. In some embodiments, said stringent conditions comprisewashing at 65° C. with 0.1×SSC. In some embodiments, said stringentconditions comprise washing at about 50° C., at about 55° C., at about60° C., or at about 65° with 0.1×SSC/0.1% SDS or with 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS.

In some embodiments, a GPCR that may be used in the subject methods is anon-endogenous, constitutively activated receptor comprising the aminoacid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the leucine at amino acidposition 224 of SEQ ID NO: 2 is substituted with an amino acid otherthan leucine. In some embodiments, the amino acid other than leucine islysine. In some embodiments, the amino acid other than leucine isalanine. In some embodiments, the amino acid other than leucine isarginine. In some embodiments, the amino acid other than leucine ishistidine. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity is forincreasing a level of intracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, theconstitutive activity is for causing melanophore cells to undergopigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, a GPCR of the invention comprises aconstitutively active version of a G protein-coupled receptor having SEQID NO: 2. In some embodiments, the constitutively active version of thereceptor is an endogenous constitutively active version having SEQ IDNO: 2. In some embodiments, the constitutively active version of thereceptor is a non-endogenous constitutively active version having amutation positioned at amino acid position 224 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In someembodiments, the mutated residue has been mutated to a residue otherthan leucine. In some embodiments, the mutated residue has been mutatedto a lysine residue. In some embodiments, the mutated residue has beenmutated to an alanine residue. In some embodiments, the mutated residuehas been mutated to an arginine residue. In some embodiments, themutated residue has been mutated to a histidine residue. In someembodiments, the constitutive activity is for increasing a level ofintracellular cAMP. In some embodiments, the constitutive activity isfor causing melanophore cells to undergo pigment dispersion.

In certain embodiments, a GPCR of the invention forms part of a fusionprotein with a G protein.

a. Sequence Identity

In certain embodiments, percent identity is evaluated using the BasicLocal Alignment Search Tool (“BLAST”), which is well known in the art[See, e.g., Karlin and Altschul, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1990)87:2264-2268; Altschul et al., J Mol Biol (1990) 215:403-410; Altschulet all, Nature Genetics (1993) 3:266-272; and Altschul et al., NucleicAcids Res (1997) 25:3389-3402; the disclosure of each of which is hereinincorporated by reference in its entirety]. The BLAST programs may beused with the default parameters or with modified parameters provided bythe user. Preferably, the parameters are default parameters.

In certain embodiments, a preferred method for determining the bestoverall match between a query sequence (e.g., the amino acid sequence ofSEQ ID NO:2) and a sequence to be interrogated, also referred to as aglobal sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computerprogram based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al. (Comp App Biosci (1990)6:237-245; the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by referencein its entirety). In a sequence alignment the query and interrogatedsequences are both amino acid sequences. The results of said globalsequence alignment is in percent identity. Preferred parameters used ina FASTDB amino acid alignment are: Matrix=PAM 0, k-tuple=2, MismatchPenalty=1, Joining Penalty=20, Randomization Group=25, Length=0, CutoffScore=1, Window Size=sequence length, Gap Penalty=5, Gap SizePenalty=0.05, Window Size=247 or the length of the interrogated aminoacid sequence, whichever is shorter.

If the interrogated sequence is shorter than the query sequence due toN-or C-terminal deletions, not because of internal deletions, theresults, in percent identity, must be manually corrected because theFASTDB program does not account for N-and C-terminal truncations of theinterrogated sequence when calculating global percent identity. Forinterrogated sequences truncated at the N-and C-termini, relative to thequery sequence, the percent identity is corrected by calculating thenumber of residues of the query sequence that are N-and C-terminal ofthe interrogated sequence, that are not matched/aligned with acorresponding interrogated sequence residue, as a percent of the totalbses of the query sequence. Whether a residue is matched/aligned isdetermined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment. This percentageis then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the aboveFASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a finalpercent identity score. This final percent identity score is what isused for the purposes of the present invention. Only residues to theN-and C-termini of the interrogated sequence, which are notmatched/aligned with the query sequence, are considered for the purposesof manually adjusting the percent identity score. That is, only quereyamino acid residues outside the farthest N-and C-terminal residues ofthe interrogated sequence.

For example, a 90 amino acid residue interrogated sequence is alignedwith a 100-residue query sequence to determine percent identity. Thedeletion occurs at the N-terminus of the interrogated sequence andtherefore, the FASTDB alignment does not match/align with the firstresidues at the N-terminus. The 10 unpaired residues represent 10% ofthe sequence (number of residues at the N-and C-termini notmatched/total number of residues in the query sequence) so 10% issubtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDBprogram. If the remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched, the finalpercent identity would be 90%. In another example, a 90-residueinterrogated sequence is compared with a 100-residue query sequence.This time the deletions are internal so there are no residues at theN-or C-termini of the interrogated sequence, which are notmatched/aligned with the query. In this case, the percent identitycalculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected. Once again, only residuepositions outside the N-and C-terminal ends of the subject sequence, asdisplayed in the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned withthe query sequence are manually corrected. No other corrections are madefor the purposes of the present invention.

b. Fusion Proteins

In certain embodiments, a polypeptide of interest is a fusion protein,and may contain, for example, an affinity tag domain or a reporterdomain. Suitable affinity tags include any amino acid sequence that maybe specifically bound to another moiety, usually another polypeptide,most usually an antibody. Suitable affinity tags include epitope tags,for example, the V5 tag, the FLAG tag, the HA tag (from hemagglutinininfluenza virus), the myc tag, and the like, as is known in the art.Suitable affinity tags also include domains for which, bindingsubstrates are known, e.g., HIS, GST and MBP tags, as is known in theart, and domains from other proteins for which specific bindingpartners, e.g., antibodies, particularly monoclonal antibodies, areavailable. Suitable affinity tags also include any protein-proteininteraction domain, such as a IgG Fc region, which may be specificallybound and detected using a suitable binding partner, e.g. the IgG Fcreceptor. It is expressly contemplated that such a fusion protein maycontain a heterologous N-terminal domain (e.g., an epitope tag) fusedin-frame with a GPCR that has had its N-terminal methionine residueeither deleted or substituted with an alternative amino acid.

Suitable reporter domains include any domain that can report thepresence of a polypeptide. While it is recognized that an affinity tagmay be used to report the presence of a polypeptide using, e.g., alabeled antibody that specifically binds to the tag, light emittingreporter domains are more usually used. Suitable light emitting reporterdomains include luciferase (from, e.g., firefly, Vargula, Renillareniformis or Renilla muelleri), or light emitting variants thereof.Other suitable reporter domains include fluorescent proteins, (frome.g., jellyfish, corals and other coelenterates as such those fromAequoria, Renilla, Ptilosarcus, Stylatula species), or light emittingvariants thereof. Light emitting variants of these reporter proteins arevery well known in the art and may be brighter, dimmer, or havedifferent excitation and/or emission spectra, as compared to a nativereporter protein. For example, some variants are altered such that theyno longer appear green, and may appear blue, cyan, yellow, enhancedyellow red (termed BFP, CFP, YFP eYFP and RFP, respectively) or haveother emission spectra, as is known in the art. Other suitable reporterdomains include domains that can report the presence of a polypeptidethrough a biochemical or color change, such as β-galactosidase,β-glucuronidase, chloramphenicol acetyl transferase, and secretedembryonic alkaline phosphatase.

Also as is known in the art, an affinity tags or a reporter domain maybe present at any position in a polypeptide of interest. However, inmost embodiments, they are present at the C-or N-terminal end of apolypeptide of interest.

2. Nucleic Acids Encoding GPCR Polypeptides of Interest

Since the genetic code and recombinant techniques for manipulatingnucleic acid are known, and the amino acid sequences of GPCRpolypeptides of interest described as above, the design and productionof nucleic acids encoding a GPCR polypeptide of interest is well withinthe skill of an artisan. In certain embodiments, standard recombinantDNA technology (Ausubel, et al, Short Protocols in Molecular Biology,3rd ed., Wiley & Sons, 1995; Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: ALaboratory Manual, Second Edition, (1989) Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.)methods are used. For example, GPCR coding sequences may be isolatedfrom a library of GPCR coding sequence using any one or a combination ofa variety of recombinant methods that do not need to be describedherein. Subsequent substitution, deletion, and/or addition ofnucleotides in the nucleic acid sequence encoding a protein may also bedone using standard recombinant DNA techniques.

For example, site directed mutagenesis and subcloning may be used tointroduce/delete/substitute nucleic acid residues in a polynucleotideencoding a polypeptide of interest. In other embodiments, PCR may beused. Nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide of interest may also be madeby chemical synthesis entirely from oligonucleotides (e.g., Cello etal., Science (2002) 297:1016-8).In some embodiments, the codons of the nucleic acids encodingpolypeptides of interest are optimized for expression in cells of aparticular species, particularly a mammalian, e.g., mouse, rat, hamster,non-human primate, or human, species. In some embodiments, the codons ofthe nucleic acids encoding polypeptides of interest are optimized forexpression in cells of a particular species, particularly an amphibianspecies.

a. Vectors

The invention further provides vectors (also referred to as“constructs”) comprising a subject nucleic acid. In many embodiments ofthe invention, the subject nucleic acid sequences will be expressed in ahost after the sequences have been operably linked to an expressioncontrol sequence, including, e.g. a promoter. The subject nucleic acidsare also typically placed in an expression vector that can replicate ina host cell either as an episome or as an integral part of the hostchromosomal DNA. Commonly, expression vectors will contain selectionmarkers, e.g., tetracycline or neomycin, to permit detection of thosecells transformed with the desired DNA sequences (see, e.g., U.S. Pat.No. 4,704,362, which is incorporated herein by reference). Vectors,including single and dual expression cassette vectors are well known inthe art (Ausubel, et al, Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd ed.,Wiley & Sons, 1995; Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A LaboratoryManual, Second Edition, (1989) Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). Suitablevectors include viral vectors, plasmids, cosmids, artificial chromosomes(human artificial chromosomes, bacterial artificial chromosomes, yeastartificial chromosomes, etc.), mini-chromosomes, and the like.Retroviral, adenoviral and adeno-associated viral vectors may be used.

A variety of expression vectors are available to those in the art forpurposes of producing a polypeptide of interest in a cell and includeexpression vectors which are commercially available (e.g., fromInvitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.; Clontech, Mountain View, Calif.;Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.). Commercially available expression vectorsinclude, by way of non-limiting example, CMV promoter-based vectors. Onesuitable expression vector is pCMV. The expression vector may beadenoviral. An exemplary adenoviral vector may be purchased as AdEasy™from Qbiogene (Carlsbad, Calif.) (He T C et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA(1998) 95:2509-2514; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,576; the disclosure of eachof which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Othersuitable expression vectors will be readily apparent to those ofordinary skill in the art.

The subject nucleic acids usually comprise an single open reading frameencoding a subject polypeptide of interest, however, in certainembodiments, since the host cell for expression of the polypeptide ofinterest may be a eukaryotic cell, e.g., a mammalian cell, such as ahuman cell, the open reading frame may be interrupted by introns.Subject nucleic acid are typically part of a transcriptional unit whichmay contain, in addition to the subject nucleic acid 3′ and 5′untranslated regions (UTRs) which may direct RNA stability,translational efficiency, etc. The subject nucleic acid may also be partof an expression cassette which contains, in addition to the subjectnucleic acid a promoter, which directs the transcription and expressionof a polypeptide of interest, and a transcriptional terminator.

Eukaryotic promoters can be any promoter that is functional in aeukaryotic host cell, including viral promoters and promoters derivedfrom eukaryotic genes. Exemplary eukaryotic promoters include, but arenot limited to, the following: the promoter of the mouse metallothioneinI gene sequence (Hamer et al., J. Mol. Appl. Gen. 1:273-288, 1982); theTK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355-365, 1982); the SV40early promoter (Benoist et al., Nature (London) 290:304-310, 1981); theyeast gall gene sequence promoter (Johnston et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. (USA) 79:6971-6975, 1982); Silver et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.(USA) 81:5951-59SS, 1984), the CMV promoter, the EF-1 promoter,Ecdysone-responsive promoter(s), tetracycline-responsive promoter, andthe like. Viral promoters may be of particular interest as they aregenerally particularly strong promoters. In certain embodiments, apromoter is used that is a promoter of the target pathogen. Promotersfor use in the present invention are selected such that they arefunctional in the cell type (and/or animal) into which they are beingintroduced. In certain embodiments, the promoter is a CMV promoter.

In certain embodiments, a subject vector may also provide for expressionof a selectable marker. Suitable vectors and selectable markers are wellknown in the art and discussed in Ausubel, et al, (Short Protocols inMolecular Biology, 3rd ed., Wiley & Sons, 1995) and Sambrook, et al,(Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Third Edition, (2001) ColdSpring Harbor, N.Y.). A variety of different genes have been employed asselectable markers, and the particular gene employed in the subjectvectors as a selectable marker is chosen primarily as a matter ofconvenience. Known selectable marker genes include: the thymidine kinasegene, the dihydrofolate reductase gene, the xanthine-guaninephosphoribosyl transferase gene, CAD, the adenosine deaminase gene, theasparagine synthetase gene, the antibiotic resistance genes, e.g. tetr,ampr, Cmr or cat, kanr or neor (aminoglycoside phosphotransferasegenes), the hygromycin B phosphotransferase gene, and the like.

As mentioned above, polypeptides of interest may be fusion proteins thatcontain an affinity domain and/or a reporter domain. Methods for makingfusions between a reporter or tag and a GPCR, for example, at the C-orN-terminus of the GPCR, are well within the skill of one of skill in theart (e.g. McLean et al, Mol. Pharma. Mol. Pharmacol. 1999 56:1182-91;Ramsay et al., Br. J. Pharmacology, 2001, 315-323) and will not bedescribed any further. It is expressly contemplated that such a fusionprotein may contain a heterologous N-terminal domain (e.g., an epitopetag) fused in-frame with a GPCR that has had its N-terminal methionineresidue either deleted or substituted with an alternative amino acid. Itis appreciated that a polypeptide of interest may first be made from anative polypeptide and then operably linked to a suitable reporter/tagas described above.

The subject nucleic acids may also contain restriction sites, multiplecloning sites, primer binding sites, ligatable ends, recombination sitesetc., usually in order to facilitate the construction of a nucleic acidencoding a polypeptide of interest.

b. Host cells

The invention further provides host cells comprising a vector comprisinga subject nucleic acid. Suitable host cells include prokaryotic, e.g.,bacterial cells (for example E. coli), as well as eukaryotic cells e.g.an animal cell (for example an insect, mammal, fish, amphibian, bird orreptile cell), a plant cell (for example a maize or Arabidopsis cell),or a fungal cell (for example a S. cerevisiae cell). In certainembodiments, any cell suitable for expression of a polypeptide ofinterest-encoding nucleic acid may be used as a host cell. Usually, ananimal host cell line is used, examples of which are as follows: monkeykidney cells (COS cells), monkey kidney CVI cells transformed by SV40(COS-7, ATCC CRL 165 1); human embryonic kidney cells (HEK-293 [“293”],Graham et al. J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); HEK-293T [“293T”] cells; babyhamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); chinese hamster ovary-cells(CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 77:4216, (1980);Syrian golden hamster cells MCB3901 (ATCC CRL-9595); mouse sertoli cells(TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251 (1980)); monkey kidney cells (CVIATCC CCL 70); african green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCCCRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); caninekidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCCCRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (hepG2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL 51); TRI cells(Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982)); NIH/3T3 cells(ATCC CRL-1658); and mouse L cells (ATCC CCL-1).

In certain embodiments, melanophores are used. Melanophores are skincells found in lower vertebrates. Relevant materials and methods will befollowed according to the disclosure of U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,462,856 and6,051,386. These patent disclosures are herein incorporated by referencein their entirety.

Additional cell lines will become apparent to those of ordinary skill inthe art, and a wide variety of cell lines are available from theAmerican Type Culture Collection, 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas,Va. 20110-2209.

C. Screening of Candidate Compounds

1. Generic GPCR Screening Assay Techniques

When a G protein receptor becomes active, it binds to a G protein (e.g.,Gq, Gs, Gi, Gz, Go) and stimulates the binding of GTP to the G protein.The G protein then acts as a GTPase and slowly hydrolyzes the GTP toGDP, whereby the receptor, under normal conditions, becomes deactivated.However, activated receptors continue to exchange GDP to GTP. Anon-hydrolyzable analog of GTP, [³⁵S]GTPγS, can be used to monitorenhanced binding to membranes which express activated receptors. It isreported that [³⁵S]GTPγS can be used to monitor G protein coupling tomembranes in the absence and presence of ligand. An example of thismonitoring, among other examples well-known and available to those inthe art, was reported by Traynor and Nahorski in 1995. A preferred useof this assay system is for initial screening of candidate compoundsbecause the system is generically applicable to all G protein-coupledreceptors regardless of the particular G protein that interacts with theintracellular domain of the receptor.

2. Specific GPCR Screening Assay Techniques

Once candidate compounds are identified using the “generic” Gprotein-coupled receptor assay (i.e., an assay to select compounds thatare agonists or inverse agonists), in some embodiments further screeningto confirm that the compounds have interacted at the receptor site ispreferred. For example, a compound identified by the “generic” assay maynot bind to the receptor, but may instead merely “uncouple” the Gprotein from the intracellular domain.

a. Gs, Gz and Gi.

Gs stimulates the enzyme adenylyl cyclase. Gi (and Gz and Go), on theother hand, inhibit adenylyl cyclase. Adenylyl cyclase catalyzes theconversion of ATP to cAMP; thus, activated GPCRs that couple the Gsprotein are associated with increased cellular levels of cAMP. On theother hand, activated GPCRs that couple Gi (or Gz, Go) protein areassociated with decreased cellular levels of cAMP. See, generally,“Indirect Mechanisms of Synaptic Transmission,” Chpt. 8, From Neuron ToBrain (3^(rd) Ed.) Nichols, J. G. et al eds. Sinauer Associates, Inc.(1992). Thus, assays that detect cAMP can be utilized to determine if acandidate compound is, e.g., an inverse agonist to the receptor (i.e.,such a compound would decrease the levels of cAMP). A variety ofapproaches known in the art for measuring cAMP can be utilized; in someembodiments a preferred approach relies upon the use of anti-cAMPantibodies in an ELISA-based format. Another type of assay that can beutilized is a whole cell second messenger reporter system assay.Promoters on genes drive the expression of the proteins that aparticular gene encodes. Cyclic AMP drives gene expression by promotingthe binding of a cAMP-responsive DNA binding protein or transcriptionfactor (CREB) that then binds to the promoter at specific sites calledcAMP response elements and drives the expression of the gene. Reportersystems can be constructed which have a promoter containing multiplecAMP response elements before the reporter gene, e.g., β-galactosidaseor luciferase. Thus, an activated Gs-linked receptor causes theaccumulation of cAMP that then activates the gene and expression of thereporter protein. The reporter protein such as β-galactosidase orluciferase can then be detected using standard biochemical assays (Chenet al. 1995).

b. Go and Gq.

Gq and Go are associated with activation of the enzyme phospholipase C,which in turn hydrolyzes the phospholipid PIP₂, releasing twointracellular messengers: diacyclglycerol (DAG) and inositol1,4,5-triphosphate (IP₃). Increased accumulation of IP₃ is associatedwith activation of Gq-and Go-associated receptors. See, generally,“Indirect Mechanisms of Synaptic Transmission,” Chpt. 8, From Neuron ToBrain (3^(rd) Ed.) Nichols, J. G. et al eds. Sinauer Associates, Inc.(1992). Assays that detect IP₃ accumulation can be utilized to determineif a candidate compound is, e.g., an inverse agonist to a Gq-orGo-associated receptor (i.e., such a compound would decrease the levelsof IP₃). Gq-associated receptors can also been examined using an APIreporter assay in that Gq-dependent phospholipase C causes activation ofgenes containing API elements; thus, activated Gq-associated receptorswill evidence an increase in the expression of such genes, wherebyinverse agonists thereto will evidence a decrease in such expression,and agonists will evidence an increase in such expression. Commerciallyavailable assays for such detection are available.

3. GPCR Fusion Protein

The use of an endogenous, constitutively active GPCR or anon-endogenous, constitutively activated GPCR, for use in screening ofcandidate compounds for the direct identification of inverse agonists oragonists provides an interesting screening challenge in that, bydefinition, the receptor is active even in the absence of an endogenousligand bound thereto. Thus, in order to differentiate between, e.g., thenon-endogenous receptor in the presence of a candidate compound and thenon-endogenous receptor in the absence of that compound, with an aim ofsuch a differentiation to allow for an understanding as to whether suchcompound may be an inverse agonist or agonist or have no affect on sucha receptor, in some embodiments it is preferred that an approach beutilized that can enhance such differentiation. In some embodiments, apreferred approach is the use of a GPCR Fusion Protein.

Generally, once it is determined that a non-endogenous GPCR has beenconstitutively activated using the assay techniques set forth above (aswell as others known to the art-skilled), it is possible to determinethe predominant G protein that couples with the endogenous GPCR.Coupling of the G protein to the GPCR provides a signaling pathway thatcan be assessed. In some embodiments it is preferred that screening takeplace using a mammalian or a melanophore expression system, as such asystem will be expected to have endogenous G protein therein. Thus, bydefinition, in such a system, the non-endogenous, constitutivelyactivated GPCR will continuously signal. In some embodiments it ispreferred that this signal be enhanced such that in the presence of,e.g., an inverse agonist to the receptor, it is more likely that it willbe able to more readily differentiate, particularly in the context ofscreening, between the receptor when it is contacted with the inverseagonist.

The GPCR Fusion Protein is intended to enhance the efficacy of G proteincoupling with the GPCR. The GPCR Fusion Protein may be preferred forscreening with either an endogenous, constitutively active GPCR or anon-endogenous, constitutively activated GPCR because such an approachincreases the signal that is generated in such screening techniques.This is important in facilitating a significant “signal to noise” ratio;such a significant ratio is preferred for the screening of candidatecompounds as disclosed herein.

The construction of a construct useful for expression of a GPCR FusionProtein is within the purview of those having ordinary skill in the art.Commercially available expression vectors and systems offer a variety ofapproaches that can fit the particular needs of an investigator.Important criteria in the construction of such a GPCR Fusion Proteinconstruct include but are not limited to, that the GPCR sequence and theG protein sequence both be in-frame (preferably, the sequence for theendogenous GPCR is upstream of the G protein sequence), and that the“stop” codon of the GPCR be deleted or replaced such that uponexpression of the GPCR, the G protein can also be expressed. The GPCRcan be linked directly to the G protein, or there can be spacer residuesbetween the two (preferably, no more than about 12, although this numbercan be readily ascertained by one of ordinary skill in the art). Basedupon convenience, it is preferred to use a spacer. In some embodiments,it is preferred that the G protein that couples to the non-endogenousGPCR will have been identified prior to the creation of the GPCR FusionProtein construct.

As noted above, activated GPCRs that couple to Gi, Gz and Go areexpected to inhibit the formation of cAMP making assays based upon thesetypes of GPCRs challenging (i.e., the cAMP signal decreases uponactivation, thus making the direct identification of, e.g., agonists(which would further decrease this signal) challenging). As will bedisclosed herein, it has been ascertained that for these types ofreceptors, it is possible to create a GPCR Fusion Protein that is notbased upon the GPCR's endogenous G protein, in an effort to establish aviable cyclase-based assay. Thus, for example, an endogenous Gi coupledreceptor can be fused to a Gs protein—such a fusion construct, uponexpression, “drives” or “forces” the endogenous GPCR to couple with,e.g., Gs rather than the “natural” Gi protein, such that a cyclase-basedassay can be established. Thus, for Gi, Gz and Go coupled receptors, insome embodiments it is preferred that when a GPCR Fusion Protein is usedand the assay is based upon detection of adenylyl cyclase activity, thatthe fusion construct be established with Gs (or an equivalent G proteinthat stimulates the formation of the enzyme adenylyl cyclase).

TABLE C Effect of cAMP Effect of IP₃ Production Accumulation uponActivation upon Activation Effect of cAMP Effect on IP₃ of GPCR (i.e.,of GPCR (i.e., Production Accumulation constitutive constitutive uponcontact upon contact G activation or activation or with an Inverse withan Inverse protein agonist binding) agonist binding) Agonist Agonist GsIncrease N/A Decrease N/A Gi Decrease N/A Increase N/A Gz Decrease N/AIncrease N/A Go Decrease Increase Increase Decrease Gq N/A Increase N/ADecrease

Equally effective is a G Protein Fusion construct that utilizes a GqProtein fused with a Gs, Gi, Gz or Go Protein. In some embodiments apreferred fusion construct can be accomplished with a Gq Protein whereinthe first six (6) amino acids of the G-protein α-subunit (“Gaq”) isdeleted and the last five (5) amino acids at the C-terminal end of Gaqis replaced with the corresponding amino acids of the Ga of the Gprotein of interest. For example, a fusion construct can have a Gq (6amino acid deletion) fused with a Gi Protein, resulting in a “Gq/GiFusion Construct”. This fusion construct will force the endogenous Gicoupled receptor to couple to its non-endogenous G protein, Gq, suchthat the second messenger, for example, inositol triphosphate ordiacylgycerol, can be measured in lieu of cAMP production.

4. Co-Transfection of a Target Gi Coupled GPCR with a Signal-Enhancer GsCoupled GPCR (cAMP Based Assays)

A Gi coupled receptor is known to inhibit adenylyl cyclase, and,therefore, decreases the level of cAMP production, which can make theassessment of cAMP levels challenging. In certain embodiments, aneffective technique in measuring the decrease in production of cAMP asan indication of activation of a receptor that predominantly couples Giupon activation can be accomplished by co-transfecting a signalenhancer, e.g., a non-endogenous, constitutively activated receptor thatpredominantly couples with Gs upon activation (e.g., TSHR-A623I; seeinfra), with the Gi linked GPCR. As is apparent, activation of a Gscoupled receptor can be determined based upon an increase in productionof cAMP. Activation of a Gi coupled receptor leads to a decrease inproduction cAMP. Thus, the co-transfection approach is intended toadvantageously exploit these “opposite” affects. For example,co-transfection of a non-endogenous, constitutively activated Gs coupledreceptor (the “signal enhancer”) with expression vector alone provides abaseline cAMP signal (i.e., although the Gi coupled receptor willdecrease cAMP levels, this “decrease” will be relative to thesubstantial increase in cAMP levels established by constitutivelyactivated Gs coupled signal enhancer). By then co-transfecting thesignal enhancer with the “target receptor”, an inverse agonist of the Gicoupled target receptor will increase the measured cAMP signal, while anagonist of the Gi coupled target receptor will decrease this signal.

Candidate compounds that are directly identified using this approachshould be assessed independently to ensure that these do not target thesignal enhancing receptor (this can be done prior to or after screeningagainst the co-transfected receptors).

Composition/Formulation and Methods of Treatment

A compound of the invention, e.g. a GPR119 agonist, a PYY secretagogue,a compound useful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulatedby PYY, or a compound useful for a modulation of a PYY-related activityin an individual, can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions andmedicaments for use in accordance with the present invention usingtechniques well known in the art. Proper formulation is dependent on theroute of administration chosen. In certain embodiments, saidadministration is to a non-human vertebrate or to a non-human mammal.

As relates to therapies of the present invention, namely therapiesrelating to a GPR119 agonist, the compounds according to the inventioncan be administered in any suitable way. Suitable routes ofadministration include oral, nasal, rectal, transmucosal, transdermal,or intestinal administration, parenteral delivery, includingintramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well asintrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal,intranasal, intrapulmonary (inhaled) or intraocular injections usingmethods known in the art. Other suitable routes of administration areaerosol and depot formulation. Sustained release formulations,particularly depot, of the invented medicaments are expresslycontemplated. In certain preferred embodiments, the compounds accordingto the present invention are administered orally. The compoundsaccording to the present invention can be made up in solid or liquidform, such as tablets, capsules, powders, syrups, elixirs and the like,aerosols, sterile solutions, suspensions or emulsions, and the like. Incertain embodiments, the GPR119 agonist is administered orally.

In certain preferred embodiments, the compounds according to the presentinvention, e.g. GPR119 agonists, are administered orally. In certainpreferred embodiments, the compounds according to the present invention,e.g. GPR119 agonists, are administered in a manner that allows forstimulation of PYY secretion in gut enteroendocrine cells. In certainpreferred embodiments, the compounds according to the present invention,e.g. GPR119 agonists, are administered orally in a manner that allowsfor stimulation of PYY secretion in gut enteroendocrine cells.

In certain preferred embodiments, the compounds according to the presentinvention, e.g. PYY secretagogues, compounds useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or compounds useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual, are administeredorally. In certain preferred embodiments, the compounds according to thepresent invention, e.g. GPR119 agonists, are administered in a mannerthat allows for stimulation of PYY secretion in gut enteroendocrinecells. In certain preferred embodiments, the compounds according to thepresent invention, e.g. GPR119 agonists, are administered orally in amanner that allows for stimulation of PYY secretion in gutenteroendocrine cells.

Formulations for oral administration may be in the form of aqueoussolutions and suspensions, in addition to solid tablet and capsuleformulations. The aqueous solutions and suspensions may be prepared fromsterile powders or granules. The compounds may be dissolved in water,polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseedoil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/orvarious buffers. Other adjuvants are well and widely known in the art.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the GPR119 agonist may be prepared bymethods well known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing,dissolving, granulation, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying,encapsulating, entrapping, lyophilizing processes or spray drying.

Pharmaceutical compositions for use in accordance with the presentinvention may be formulated in conventional manner using one or morephysiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients andauxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds intopreparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Suitablepharmaceutically acceptable carriers are available to those in the art(see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, (Gennaro etal., eds.), 20^(th) Edition, 2000, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; andHandbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (Rowe et al., eds), 4^(th)Edition, 2003, Pharmaceutical Press; the disclosure of each of which isherein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Proper formulation isdependent upon the route of administration chosen. The term “carrier”material or “excipient” material herein means any substance, not itselfa therapeutic agent, used as a carrier and/or dilutent and/or adjuvant,or vehicle for delivery of a therapeutic agent to a subject or added toa pharmaceutical composition to improve its handling or storageproperties or to permit or facilitate formation of a dose unit of thecomposition into a discrete article such as a capsule or tablet suitablefor oral administration. Excipients can include, by way of illustrationand not limitation, diluents, disintegrants, binding agents, adhesives,wetting agents, polymers, lubricants, glidants, substances added to maskor counteract a disagreeable taste or odor, flavors, dyes, fragrances,and substances added to improved appearance of the composition.Acceptable excipients include stearic acid, magnesium stearate,magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuricacids, magnesium carbonate, talc, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate,pectin, dextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, sucrose, starches,gelatin, cellulosic materials, such as cellulose esters of alkanoicacids and cellulose alkyl esters, low melting wax cocoa butter orpowder, polymers, such as polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, andpolytheylene glycols, and other pharmaceutically acceptable materials.The components of the pharmaceutical composition can be encapsulated ortableted for convenient administration.

Pharmaceutically acceptable refers to those properties and/or substanceswhich are acceptable to the patient from a pharmacological/toxicologicalpoint of view and to the manufacturing pharmaceutical chemist from aphysical/chemical point of view regarding composition, formulation,stability, patient acceptance and bioavailability.

Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose,concentrated sugar solutions may be used which may optionally containgum Arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethyleneglycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organicsolvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to thetablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterizedifferent combinations of active compound doses.

Pharmaceutical compositions which can be used orally include push-fitcapsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made ofgelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fitcapsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with a fillersuch as lactose, a binder such as starch, and/or a lubricant such astalc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In softcapsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitableliquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, liquid polyethyleneglycols, cremophor, capmul, medium or long chain mono-, di- ortriglycerides. Stabilizers may be added in these formulations, also.

Additionally, a GPR119 agonist may be delivered using asustained-release system. Various sustained-release materials have beenestablished and are well known to those skilled in the art.Sustained-release tablets or capsules are particularly preferred. Forexample, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryldistearate may be employed. The dosage form may also be coated by thetechniques described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108, 4,166,452, and4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for controlled release.

It is expressly contemplated that therapies of the present invention,namely therapies relating to a GPR119 agonist, may be administered orprovided alone or in combination with one or more other pharmaceuticallyor physiologically acceptable compound. In one aspect of the presentinvention, the other pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptablecompound is not a GPR119 agonist. In one aspect of the presentinvention, the other pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptablecompound is a pharmaceutical agent selected from the group consisting ofcalcium, vitamin D, estrogen, tibolone, selective estrogen receptormodulator (SERM; e.g., raloxifene, tamoxifen), biphosphonate (e.g.,etidronate, alendronate, risedronate), calcitonin, 1α-hydroxylatedmetabolite of vitamin D, fluoride, thiazide, anabolic steroid,ipriflavone, vitamin K, parathyroid hormone (PTH), strontium, statin,osteoprotererin, EP4 receptor selective agonist, cannabinoid receptortype 2 (CB2) selective agonist, and p38 MAP kinase inhibitor. (See,e.g., World Health Organization Technical Report Series 921 (2003),Prevention and Management of Osteoporosis.)

In one aspect, the present invention features a composition comprisingor consisting essentially of an amount of a GPR119 agonist according tothe present invention. In one aspect, the present invention features apharmaceutical composition comprising or consisting essentially of anamount of a GPR119 agonist according to the present invention and atleast one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In one aspect, the present invention features a composition comprisingor consisting essentially of an amount of a GPR119 agonist according tothe present invention. In one aspect, the present invention features apharmaceutical composition comprising or consisting essentially of anamount of a GPR119 agonist according to the present invention and atleast one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The present inventionalso relates to a dosage form of the composition or of thepharmaceutical composition wherein the GPR119 agonist, the PYYsecretagogue, the compound useful for treatment or prevention of acondition modulated by PYY, or the compound useful for a modulation of aPYY-related activity in an individual is in an amount sufficient toincrease a PYY level in an individual, such as a plasma total PYY levelor a plasma PYY₃₋₃₆ level. The present invention also relates to adosage form of the composition or of the pharmaceutical compositionwherein the GPR119 agonist is in an amount sufficient to give an effectin treating or preventing a condition characterized by low bone mass,such as osteoporosis, and/or in increasing bone mass in an individual.

In one aspect, the present invention features a composition comprisingor consisting essentially of an amount of a GPR119 agonist according tothe present invention. In one aspect, the present invention features apharmaceutical composition comprising or consisting essentially of anamount of a GPR119 agonist according to the present invention and atleast one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The present inventionalso relates to a dosage form of the composition or of thepharmaceutical composition wherein the GPR119 agonist is in an amountsufficient to give an effect in increasing a PYY level in an individual.The present invention also relates to a dosage form of the compositionor of the pharmaceutical composition wherein the GPR119 agonist is in anamount sufficient to give an effect in increasing a total PYY (inclusiveof PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆) level in an individual. The present inventionalso relates to a dosage form of the composition or of thepharmaceutical composition wherein the GPR119 agonist is in an amountsufficient to give an effect in increasing a PYY₃₋₃₆ level in anindividual.

Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present inventioninclude compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in anamount to achieve their intended purpose. In some embodiments, apharmaceutical composition of the present invention is understood to beuseful for treatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY.Conditions modulated by PYY are according to the present invention. Insome embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition of the present inventionis understood to be useful for increasing a PYY level in an individual.As relates to the present invention, determination of the amount of aGPR119 agonist sufficient to achieve an intended purpose according tothe invention is well within the capability of those skilled in the art,especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.

The data obtained from animal studies, including but not limited tostudies using mice, rats, rabbits, pigs, and non-human primates, can beused in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. In general, oneskilled in the art understands how to extrapolate in vivo data obtainedin an animal model system to another, such as a human. In somecircumstances, these extrapolations may merely be based on the weight ofthe animal model in comparison to another, such as a human; in othercircumstances, these extrapolations are not simply based on weights butrather incorporate a variety of factors. Representative factors includethe type, age, weight, sex, diet and medical condition of the patient,the severity of the disease, the route of administration,pharmacological considerations such as the activity, efficacy,pharmacokinetic and toxicology profiles of the particular compoundemployed, whether a drug delivery system is utilized, on whether anacute or chronic disease state is being treated or prophylaxis isconducted or on whether further active compounds are administered inaddition to the compounds of the present invention and as part of a drugcombination. The dosage regimen for treating a disease condition withthe compounds and/or compositions of this invention is selected inaccordance with a variety factors as cited above. Thus, the actualdosage regimen employed may vary widely and therefore may deviate from apreferred dosage regimen and one skilled in the art will recognize thatdosage and dosage regimen outside these typical ranges can be testedand, where appropriate, may be used in the methods of this invention.

An exemplary animal model system is the rat ovariectomy (OVX) bone lossmodel. The ovariectomized rat is an excellent preclinical animal modelthat correctly emulates the important clinical feature of the estrogendepleted human skeleton and the response of therapeutic agents. In thismodel, a therapeutic efficacy is achieved when the bone loss associatedwith ovariectomy is partially or completely prevented. (See, e.g.,Bollag et al, Mol Cell Endocrinol (2001) 177:35-41; and Jee et al, JMusculoskel Neuron Interact (2001) 1:193-207.) In certain embodiments,therapeutic efficacy is achieved when the bone loss associated withovariectomy is at least about 10% prevented, at least about 20%prevented, at least about 30% prevented, at least about 40% prevented,at least about 50% prevented, at least about 60% prevented, at leastabout 70% prevented, at least about 75% prevented, at least about 80%prevented, at least about 85% prevented, at least about 90% prevented,at least about 95% prevented, or 100% prevented.

An additional exemplary animal model system is increase of a blood PYYlevel after glucose challenge in mice. In certain embodiments, the bloodPYY level is a plasma PYY level. In certain embodiments, the PYY levelis a glucose-independent PYY level. In certain embodiments, the PYYlevel is a glucose-dependent PYY level. In certain embodiments, the PYYis total PYY, inclusive of PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆. In certain embodiments,the PYY is PYY₃₋₃₆. Kits for measuring total PYY or PYY₃₋₃₆ in rodentsor humans are commercially available, such as from PhoenixPharmaceuticals, Inc. (Burlingame, Calif.). Also, PYY₁₋₃₆ and PYY₃₋₃₆can be independently measured by biochemical means (Eberlein et al,Peptides (1989) 10:797-803; Grandt et al, Regul Pept (1994) 51:151-159;Cruze et al, Peptides (2007) 28:269-280). In certain embodiments, aPYY-related activity of the invention is a PYY₃₋₃₆-related activity. Incertain embodiments, therapeutic efficacy is achieved when a blood orplasma PYY level is increased by at least about 10%, at least about 25%,at least about 50%, at least about 100%, at least about 150%, at leastabout 200%, at least about 300%, at least about 400%, at least about500%, at least about 600%, at least about 700%, at least about 800%, atleast about 900%, or at least about 1000%.

It is expressly contemplated that a GPR119 agonist can be administeredon a daily or regular basis to achieve an increased level of PYY in anindividual. In certain embodiments, a GPR119 agonist is administered ona daily or regular basis to achieve an increased blood (e.g., plasma)level of PYY in an individual. In certain embodiments, a GPR119 agonistis administered on a daily or regular basis to achieve an increasedblood (e.g., plasma) level of PYY in an individual that is at leastabout 10%, at least about 25%, at least about 50%, at least about 100%,at least about 150%, at least about 200%, at least about 300%, at leastabout 400%, at least about 500%, at least about 600%, at least about700%, at least about 800%, at least about 900%, or at least about 1000%a normal blood (e.g., plasma) level of PYY (e.g., a normal pre-mealplasma PYY level (e.g., plasma total PYY level) or a plasma PYY level(e.g., a plasma total PYY level) between the normal pre-meal andpost-meal plasma PYY levels) in an individual or the blood (e.g.,plasma) level of PYY (e.g., plasma total PYY) in the individual prior totreatment. It is noted that these ranges of increased blood (e.g.,plasma) level of PYY (e.g., plasma total PYY) are exemplary ranges andare not meant to be limiting to the invention.

It is expressly contemplated that a GPR119 agonist can be administeredon a daily or regular basis to achieve an increased level of PYY in anindividual. In certain embodiments, a GPR119 agonist is administered ona daily or regular basis to achieve an increased blood (e.g., plasma)level of PYY in an individual. In certain embodiments, a GPR119 agonistis administered on a daily or regular basis to achieve an increasedblood (e.g., plasma) level of PYY in an individual within aconcentration range of 0.1 ng/ml to 10 ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.2 ng/ml tong/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.3 ng/ml to 10 ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.4 ng/ml to 10ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.5 ng/ml to 10 ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.6 ng/ml to 10ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.7 ng/ml to 10 ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.8 ng/ml to 10ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 0.9 ng/ml to 10 ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 1 ng/ml to 10ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 2 ng/ml to 10 ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, 3 ng/ml to 10ng/ml or 100 ng/ml, or 5 ng/ml to 10 ng/ml or 100 ng/ml. It is notedthat these ranges of blood (e.g., plasma) PYY concentration (e.g.,plasma total PYY concentration) are exemplary ranges and are not meantto be limiting to the invention.

Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted in order to provide anintended therapeutic effect. It will be appreciated that the exactdosage of a GPR119 agonist in accordance with the present invention willvary depending on the GPR119 agonist, its potency, the mode ofadministration, the age and weight of the patient and the severity ofthe condition to be treated. The exact formulation, route ofadministration and dosage can be chosen by the individual physician inview of the patient's condition. By way of illustration and notlimitation, an amount of a GPR119 agonist in accordance with the presentinvention is an amount less than about 0.001 mg/kg body weight, lessthan about 0.005 mg/kg body weight, less than about 0.01 mg/kg bodyweight, less than about 0.05 mg/kg body weight, less than about 0.1mg/kg body weight, less than about 0.5 mg/kg body weight, less thanabout 1 mg/kg body weight, less than about 5 mg/kg body weight, lessthan about 10 mg/kg body weight, less than about 50 mg/kg body weight,or less than about 100 mg/kg body weight.

A preferred dosage range for the amount of a compound of the invention(e.g. a GPR119 agonist, a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful fortreatment or prevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compounduseful for a modulation of a PYY-related activity in an individual),which can be administered on a daily or regular basis to achieve desiredresults is 0.1-100 mg/kg body mass. Other preferred dosage range is0.1-30 mg/kg body mass. Other preferred dosage range is 0.1-10 mg/kgbody mass. Other preferred dosage range is 0.1-3.0 mg/kg body mass.Exemplary preferred dosage is selected from the group consisting of 0.1mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100mg/kg. Of course, these daily dosages can be delivered or administeredin small amounts periodically during the course of a day. It is notedthat these dosage ranges are only preferred ranges and are not meant tobe limiting to the invention. It is noted that these dosages are onlypreferred dosages and are not meant to be limiting to the invention.

Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provideplasma levels of a GPR119 agonist according to the present inventionwhich achieve an intended therapeutic effect. Dosage intervals can alsobe determined using the value for a selected range of GPR119 agonistconcentration so as to achieve the intended therapeutic effect. A GPR119agonist should be administered using a regimen that maintains plasmalevels within the selected range of GPR119 agonist concentration for10-90% of the time, preferably between 30-99% of the time, and mostpreferably between 50-90% of the time. In cases of local administrationor selective uptake, the range of GPR119 agonist concentration providingthe intended therapeutic effect may not be related to plasmaconcentration.

The amount of composition administered will, of course, be dependent onthe individual being treated, on the individual's weight, the severityof the affliction, the manner of administration, and the judgement ofthe prescribing physician.

In one aspect, the present invention accordingly features a method oftreating or preventing a condition characterized by low bone mass, suchas osteoporosis, or of increasing bone mass comprising administering toan individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of acomposition comprising or consisting essentially of an amount of aGPR119 agonist according to the present invention. In certainembodiments, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.

In one aspect, the present invention relates to a method of treating orpreventing a condition characterized by low bone mass, such asosteoporosis, or of increasing bone mass comprising administering to anindividual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of acomposition comprising or consisting essentially of an amount of aGPR119 agonist according to the present invention. In a related aspect,the present invention features said method wherein the GPR119 agonist isadministered in an amount sufficient to give an effect in increasing aPYY level in the individual. In certain embodiments, the composition isa pharmaceutical composition.

Therapies of the present invention, such as therapies relating to aGPR119 agonist, are useful in treatment or prevention of a conditionmodulated by PYY.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a bone-relatedcondition.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is a conditioncharacterized by low bone mass. In certain embodiments, the conditioncharacterized by low bone mass is selected from the group consisting ofosteopenia, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis,periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, childhoodidiopathic bone loss, Paget's disease, bone loss due to metastaticcancer, osteolytic lesions, curvature of the spine, and loss of height.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is a bone fracture.In certain embodiments, the bone fracture is selected from the groupconsisting of a traumatic bone fracture, a long-term bone fracture, andan osteoporotic bone fracture.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is a bone disease. Incertain embodiments, the bone disease is selected from the groupconsisting of osteopenia, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis,osteoarthritis, periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy boneloss, childhood idiopathic bone loss, Paget's disease, bone loss due tometastatic cancer, osteolytic lesions, curvature of the spine, and lossof height.

In certain embodiments, the bone-related condition is enhanced bonehealing or bone growth, wherein said enhanced bone healing or bonegrowth is selected from the group consisting of enhanced bone healingfollowing facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibularreconstruction, periodontal disease or tooth extraction, enhanced longbone extension, enhanced prosthetic ingrowth, and increased bonesynostosis.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a metabolicdisorder.

In certain embodiments, the metabolic disorder is selected from thegroup consisting of overweight, obesity, hyperphagia, diabetes(inclusive of type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes), type 1 diabetes,type 2 diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance,hyperinsulinemia, dyslipidemia, hypertension and metabolic syndrome.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is anangiogenesis-related condition.

In certain embodiments, the angiogeneisis-related condition is selectedfrom the group consisting of peripheral arterial disease, wound healingand ischemia.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is anischemia-related condition.

In certain embodiments, the ischemia-related condition is selected fromthe group consisting of cerebral ischemia, stroke, ischemic heartdisease, myocardial infarction, ischemia-reperfusion injury,post-myocardial infarction remodeling, heart failure, and congestiveheart failure.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is amalabsorptive disorder.

In certain embodiments, the malabsorptive disorder is selected from thegroup consisting of short bowel syndrome, enterocolitis, Crohn'sdisease, ulcerative colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, cholera, and adisorder accompanied by diarrhea.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a convulsivedisorder.

In certain embodiments, the convulsive disorder is epilepsy.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is a cancer.

In certain embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group consistingof pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, and Barrett'sadenocarcinoma.

In certain embodiments, the condition modulated by PYY is aninflammatory disorder.

In certain embodiments, the inflammatory disorder is selected from thegroup consisting of atherosclerosis, atherothrombosis, psoriasis,psoriatic arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, insulinresistance, diabetes (inclusive of type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes),type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity, lowerthan normal HDL-cholesterol, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, ischemicheart disease, myocardial infarction, congestive heart failure,osteoporosis, higher than normal osteoclastogenesis, pancreatitis,interstitial nephritis, acute transplant rejection, chronic hepatitis,hepatic steatosis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus(SLE), restenosis, ischemia-reperfusion injury, allergic inflammation,Parkinson's disease, prion-associated disease, excitotoxic injury,Alzheimer's disease, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), disseminatedintravascular coagulation, septic shock, an inflammatory lung disease,and an inflammatory bowel disease. In certain embodiments, theinflammatory lung disease is selected from the group consisting ofasthma, emphysema, interstitial lung disease, idiopathic pulmonaryfibrosis, bronchiolitis obliterans syndrome, chronic obstructivepulmonary disease (COPD), and pulmonary arterial hypertension. Incertain embodiments, the inflammatory bowel disease is selected from thegroup consisting of enteritis, enterocolitis, Crohn's disease,granulomatous colitis, ileitis, Crohn's colitis, ulcerative colitis,sigmoiditis, pancolitis, and ulcerative proctitis.

In certain embodiments, the inflammatory disorder is selected from thegroup consisting of atherosclerosis, atherothrombosis, insulinresistance, pancreatitis, restenosis, an inflammatory lung disease, andan inflammatory bowel disease. In certain embodiments, the inflammatorylung disease is selected from the group consisting of asthma, emphysema,and pulmonary arterial hypertension. In certain embodiments, theinflammatory bowel disease is selected from the group consisting ofenteritis, enterocolitis, Crohn's disease, granulomatous colitis,ileitis, Crohn's colitis, ulcerative colitis, sigmoiditis, pancolitis,and ulcerative proctitis.

Conditions characterized by low bone mass include but are not limited toosteopenia, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis,periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, childhoodidiopathic bone loss, Paget's disease, bone loss due to metastaticcancer, osteolytic lesions, curvature of the spine, and loss of height.In certain embodiments, the condition characterized by low bone mass isosteoporosis. In certain embodiments, the condition characterized by lowbone mass is osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis isprimary osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis is secondaryosteoporosis. Conditions characterized by low bone mass also include butare not limited to long-term complications of osteoporosis such ascurvature of the spine, loss of height and prosthetic surgery. It isunderstood that conditions characterized by low bone mass can beincluded in embodiments individually or in any combination. In certainembodiments, the condition characterized by low bone mass is primaryosteoporosis.

In certain embodiments, the individual in need of increased bone masshas a bone mineral density (BMD) of greater than 1 (T-score <−1),greater than or equal to 1.5 (T-score ≦−1.5), greater than or equal to 2(T-score ≦−2) or greater than or equal to 2.5 (T-score ≦−2.5) standarddeviations below the young adult reference mean. In certain embodiments,the individual in need of increased bone mass is in need of treatment ofbone fracture. In certain embodiments, the individual in need oftreatment of a bone fracture has a traumatic bone fracture, a long-termbone fracture, or an osteoporotic bone fracture. In certain embodiments,the individual is in need of treatment for a bone disease. In certainembodiments, the individual in need of treatment for a bone disease hasosteopenia, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis,periodontal disease, alveolar bone loss, osteotomy bone loss, childhoodidiopathic bone loss, Paget's disease, bone loss due to metastaticcancer, osteolytic lesions, curvature of the spine, or loss of height.In certain embodiments, the individual in need of treatment for a bonedisease has osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis isprimary osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, osteoporosis is secondaryosteoporosis. Destructive bone disorders that can be treated accordingto the invention include but are not limited to osteoporosis,osteoarthritis, and osteolytic lesions such as those caused byneoplastic disease, radiotherapy, or chemotherapy. In certainembodiments, osteoporosis is primary osteoporosis. In certainembodiments, osteoporosis is secondary osteoporosis.

Therapies of the present invention, such as therapies relating to aGPR119 agonist are additionally useful in enhancing bone healingfollowing facial reconstruction, maxillary reconstruction, mandibularreconstruction, periodontal disease or tooth extraction, enhancing longbone extension, enhancing prosthetic ingrowth or increasing bonesynostosis in an individual.

Therapies of the present invention, such as therapies relating to aGPR119 agonist, are useful in a modulation of a PYY-related activity inan individual. In certain embodiments, the modulation of a PYY-relatedactivity is selected from the group consisting of:

(a) increasing plasma PYY;

(b) increasing bone mass;

(c) decreasing loss of bone mass;

(d) increasing bone formation;

(e) decreasing food uptake;

(f) decreasing body weight;

(g) increasing satiety;

(h) increasing glucose disposal;

(i) decreasing plasma glucose;

(j) increasing angiogenesis;

(k) decreasing secretion in intestinal epithelium;

(l) increasing absorption in intestinal epithelium; and

(m) increasing plasma adiponectin

In certain embodiments, the individual is a vertebrate. In certainembodiments, the individual that is a vertebrate is a fish, anamphibian, a reptile, a bird or a mammal. In certain embodiments, theindividual or vertebrate is a mammal. In certain embodiments, theindividual or vertebrate that is a mammal is a mouse, a rat, a hamster,a rabbit, a pig, a dog, a cat, a horse, a cow, a sheep, a goat, anon-human mammal, a non-human primate or a human. In certainembodiments, the individual is a human. In certain embodiments, thehuman is a post-menopausal woman or a man over the age of 50.

Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the artcan, using the preceding description, practice the present invention toits fullest extent. The foregoing detailed description is given forclearness of understanding only, and no unnecessary limitation should beunderstood therefrom, as modifications within the scope of the inventionmay become apparent to those skilled in the art.

Throughout this application, various publications, patents and patentapplications are cited. The disclosures of these publications, patentsand patent applications referenced in this application are hereinincorporated by reference in their entirety into the present disclosure.Citation herein by Applicant of a publication, patent, or patentapplication is not an admission by Applicant of said publication,patent, or patent application as prior art.

EXAMPLES

Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the artcan, using the preceding description, practice the present invention toits fullest extent. The following detailed examples are to be construedas merely illustrative, and not limitations of the preceding disclosurein any way whatsoever. Those skilled in the art will promptly recognizeappropriate variations from the procedures.

Example 1 GPR119 Receptor Exhibits Constitutive Activity for IncreasingcAMP Accumulation in Transfected HEK293 Cells

GPR119 receptor was shown to exhibit constitutive activity in cAMPassay. cAMP measurements were done with a Flash Plate adenylyl cyclasekit (NEN Life Science Products, Boston, Mass.) according to thesupplier's protocol. Briefly, HEK293 cells were transfected with eitherempty vector DNA (“Vector”) or human GPR119 receptor expression plasmidDNA (“GPR119”) using Lipofectamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). After24 h, transfected cells were harvested in GIBCO (Gaithersburg, Md.) celldissociation buffer (Catalog no. 13151-014) and resuspended in assaybuffer (50% 1×PBS/50% stimulation buffer). Incubation was carried outwith 10⁵ cells per well for 60 min at room temperature. After another2-h incubation with tracer in detection buffer, plates were counted in aWallac (Gaithersburg, Md.) MicroBeta scintillation counter. Values ofcAMP per well were extrapolated from a standard cAMP curve that wasincluded on each assay plate. Results are presented in FIG. 1. From theresults shown in FIG. 1, it is apparent that GPR119 receptor exhibitsconstitutive activity for increasing cAMP accumulation in transfectedHEK293 cells.

Example 2 Compound 1 is an Agonist of GPR119 Receptor as Evidenced,e.g., by Stimulation of cAMP Accumulation in GPR119-Transfected HEK293Cells

Compound 1(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine)was shown to be an agonist of GPR119 receptor in cAMP assay. cAMPmeasurements were done with a Flash Plate adenylyl cyclase kit (NEN LifeScience Products, Boston, Mass.) according to the supplier's protocol.Briefly, HEK293 cells were transfected with either empty vector DNA(“Vector”) or human GPR119 receptor expression plasmid DNA (“GPR119”)using Lipofectamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). After 24 h,transfected cells were harvested in GIBCO (Gaithersburg, Md.) celldissociation buffer (Catalog no. 13151-014) and resuspended in assaybuffer (50% 1×PBS/50% stimulation buffer). Compound 1 was incubated with10⁵ cells per well for 60 min at room temperature. After another 2-hincubation with tracer in detection buffer, plates were counted in aWallac (Gaithersburg, Md.) MicroBeta scintillation counter. Values ofcAMP per well were extrapolated from a standard cAMP curve that wasincluded on each assay plate. Results are presented in FIG. 2. From theresults shown in FIG. 2, it is apparent that Compound 1 is an agonist ofGPR119 receptor.

Example 3 Effect of Administration of GPR119 Agonist on Plasma PYY inWild-Type Mice

C57BL/6 male mice (approximately 8 weeks of age; obtained from Harlan,Indianapolis, Ind.) were fasted for 18 hours, and randomly assigned intoeight groups with n=6 for each group. Mice were administered per orallywith vehicle (80% polyethylene glycol 400/10% Tween 80/10% ethanol) orwith a GPR119 agonist (Compound 1;(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine)at 10 mg/kg, as indicated in FIG. 3. Thirty minutes after treatment, aglucose bolus at 3 g/kg was delivered per orally, and blood wascollected at 0 minute (no glucose bolus), 2 minutes, 5 minutes, and 10minutes after glucose bolus. Plasma total PYY (inclusive of PYY₁₋₃₆ andPYY₃₋₃₆) levels were determined by using a PYY EIA kit purchased fromPhoenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Peptide YY (PYY) (Rat, Mouse, Porcine,Canine) EIA kit, Catalog No. EK-059-03) according to instructionsprovided in the kit. From the results shown in FIG. 3, it is apparentthat administration of the GPR119 agonist (Compound 1) increased plasmatotal PYY in the mice. From the results shown in FIG. 3, it is apparentthat the GPR119 agonist (Compound 1) stimulated plasma total PYY in themice. Compound 1 is identical to a compound disclosed in InternationalPatent Application No. PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 2004/065380).

Example 4 Effect of Administration of GPR119 Agonist on Plasma PYY inGPR119-Deficient (Knockout) Mice Compared to Wild-Type Mice

GPR119-deficient male mice (Chu et al, Endocrinology (2007)148:2601-2609) and wild-type littermates are fasted for 18 hours. Miceare administered per orally with vehicle (80% polyethylene glycol400/10% ethanol/10% Tween 80) or with a GPR119 agonist in accordancewith the present invention (Compound 1;(2-Fluoro-4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-{6-[4-(3-isopropyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-5-nitro-pyrimidin-4-yl}-amine)at 20 mg/kg. Thirty minutes after treatment, blood (100 microliter) iscollected via retro orbital vein of the eye (time 0 minutes) followed bya glucose bolus at 3 g/kg (per orally). Five minutes after deliveringglucose, another blood sample (100 microliter) is collected (time 5minutes). Plasma are collected after centrifugation and plasma total PYYlevels are determined by using PYY EIA kit purchased from PhoenixPharmaceuticals, Inc. (Peptide YY (PYY) (Rat, Mouse, Porcine, Canine)EIA kit, Catalog No. EK-059-03) according to instructions provided inthe kit. It can be further shown that functional GPR119 receptor isnecessary for the administered GPR119 agonist to increase plasma totalPYY in the mice. Compound 1 can be shown to stimulate plasma total PYYin the wild-type mice but not in the GPR119-deficient mice. Compound 1is identical to a compound disclosed in International Patent ApplicationNo. PCT/US2004/001267 (published as WO 2004/065380).

Example 5 Effect of Administration of GPR119 Agonist on Bone Mass inOvariectomized Rats

A GPR119 agonist in accordance with the present invention can be shownto be effective in treating or preventing a condition characterized bylow bone mass, such as osteoporosis, and/or in increasing bone mass inan individual using the in vivo ovariectomized (OVX) rat model describedbelow (see, e.g., Bollag et al, Mol Cell Endocrinol (2001) 177:35-41).

Twenty virgin female OVX and 20 virgin non-OVX Sprague-Dawley rats(150-175 g), age 8 weeks, are purchased from Harlan Sprague-Dawley, Inc.(Indianapolis, Ind.). Animals are fed ad libitum on a normal commercialpellet diet, Teklab Rodent diet (1.46% calcium), with free access towater. The rats are randomly divided into four weight-matchedexperimental groups and selected to receive per orally vehicle or aGPR119 agonist in accordance with the present invention. Treatment iscontinued on a daily basis for 6 weeks.

-   -   1. Control. Ten non-OVX rats are administered per orally        vehicle.    -   2. Control+Treatment. Ten non-OVX rats are administered per        orally GPR119 agonist.    -   3. OVX. Ten OVX rats are administered per orally vehicle.    -   4. OVX+Treatment. Ten OVX rats are administered per orally        GPR119 agonist.        The rats are weighed daily and length measured at baseline and        again at 6 weeks. Dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) using a        Hologic QDR 1000/W (Waltham, Mass.) is performed on all animals        prior to initiation of treatment and at 6 weeks, and data is        analyzed using the software Rat Whole Body version 5.53. Bone        mineral density (BMD) is determined at the spine.

The percent change in vertebral bone density after 6 weeks of treatmentis determined. It is shown that administration of a GPR119 agonistattenuates the negative effects of ovariectomy on vertebral bonedensity. Attenuation of the negative effects of ovariectomy on vertebralbone density is indicative of the treatment having efficacy in treatingor preventing a condition characterized by low bone mass, such asosteoporosis, and/or in increasing bone mass in an individual.

Example 6 Effect of Administration of GPR119 Agonist on Bone FractureHealing

A GPR119 agonist in accordance with the present invention can be shownto be effective in treatment of bone fracture using the in vivo assaydescribed below.

Fracture Technique

Sprague-Dawley rats at 3 months of age are anesthetized with Ketamine. A1 cm incision is made on the anteromedial aspect of the proximal part ofthe right tibia or femur. The following describes the tibial surgicaltechnique. The incision is carried through to the bone, and a 1 mm holeis drilled 4 mm proximal to the distal aspect of the tibial tuberosity 2mm medial to the anterior ridge. Intramedullary nailing is performedwith a 0.8 mm stainless steel tube (maximum load 36.3 N, maximumstiffness 61.8 N/mm, tested under the same conditions as the bones). Noreaming of the medullary canal is performed. A standardized closedfracture is produced 2 mm above the tibiofibular junction by three-pointbending using specially designed adjustable forceps with blunt jaws. Tominimize soft tissue damage, care is taken not to displace the fracture.The skin is closed with monofilament nylon sutures. The operation isperformed under sterile conditions. Radiographs of all fractures aretaken immediately after nailing, and rats with fractures outside thespecified diaphyseal area or with displaced nails are excluded. Theremaining animals are divided randomly into the following groups with10-12 animals per each subgroup per time point for testing the fracturehealing. The rats are administered on a daily basis per orally withvehicle or with a GPR119 agonist. The GPR119 agonist is used at anamount between 0.001 mg/kg body weight and 100 mg/kg body weight.Treatment is continued for 10, 20, 40 and 80 days.

At 10, 20, 40 and 80 days, 10-12 rats from each group are anesthetizedwith Ketamine and sacrificed by exsanguination. Both tibiofibular bonesare removed by dissection and all soft tissue is stripped. Bones from5-6 rats for each group are stored in 70% ethanol for histologicalanalysis, and bones from another 5-6 rats for each group are stored in abuffered Ringer's solution (+4° C., pH 7.4) for radiographs andbiomechanical testing which is performed.

Histological Analysis

The methods for histological analysis of fractured bone have beenpreviously published by Mosekilde and Bak (Bone (1993) 14:19-27).Briefly, the fracture site is sawed 8 mm to each side of the fractureline, embedded undecalcified in methymethacrylate, and cut frontalssections on a Reichert-Jung Polycut microtome in 8 μm thick.Masson-Trichome stained mid-frontal sections (including both tibia andfibula) are used for visualization of the cellular and tissue responseto fracture healing with and without treatment. Sirius red stainedsections are used to demonstrate the characteristics of the callusstructure and to differentiate between woven bone and lamellar bone atthe fracture site. The following measurements are performed: (1)fracture gap-measured as the shortest distance between the cortical boneends in the fracture, (2) callus length and callus diameter, (3) totalbone volume area of callus, (4) bony tissue per tissue area inside thecallus area, (5) fibrous tissue in the callus, and (6) cartilage area inthe callus.

Biomechanical Analysis

The methods for biomechanical analysis have been previously published byBak and Andreassen (Calcif Tissue Int (1989) 45:292-297). Briefly,radiographs of all fractures are taken prior to the biomechanical test.The mechanical properties of the healing fractures are analyzed by adestructive three- or four-point bending procedure. Maximum load,stiffness, energy at maximum load, deflection at maximum load, andmaximum stress are determined.

Example 7 Full-Length Cloning of Endogenous Human GPR119

Polynucleotide encoding endogenous human GPR119 was cloned by PCR usingthe GPR119 specific primers 5′-GTCCTGCCACTTCGAGACATGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:3;sense, ATG as initiation codon) 5′-GAAACTTCTCTGCCCTTACCGTC-3′ (SEQ IDNO:4; antisense, 3′ of stop codon) and human genomic DNA as template.TaqPlus Precision™ DNA polymerase (Stratagene) was used foramplification by the following cycle with step 2 to step 4 repeated 35times: 94° C., 3 minutes; 94° C., 1 minute; 58° C., 1 minute; 72° C., 2minutes; 72° C., 10 minutes. A 1.0 Kb PCR fragment of predicted size wasisolated and cloned into the pCRII-TOPO™ vector (Invitrogen) andcompletely sequenced using the T7 DNA sequenase kit (Amersham). See, SEQID NO:1 for nucleic acid sequence and SEQ ID NO:2 for the deduced aminoacid sequence.

Example 8 Receptor Expression

Although a variety of cells are available to the art for the expressionof G protein-coupled receptors, it is most preferred that eukaryoticcells be utilized. In certain embodiments, mammalian cells ormelanophores are utilized. The following are illustrative; those ofordinary skill in the art are credited with the ability to determinethose techniques that are preferentially beneficial for the needs of theartisan. See, e.g., Example 12, infra, as it relates to melanophores.

a. Transient Transfection

On day one, 6×10⁶/10 cm dish of 293 cells are plated out. On day two,two reaction tubes are prepared (the proportions to follow for each tubeare per plate): tube A is prepared by mixing 4 μg DNA (e.g., pCMVvector; pCMV vector with receptor cDNA, etc.) in 0.5 ml serum free DMEM(Gibco BRL); tube B is prepared by mixing 24 μl lipofectamine (GibcoBRL) in 0.5 ml serum free DMEM. Tubes A and B are admixed by inversions(several times), followed by incubation at room temperature for 30-45min. The admixture is referred to as the “transfection mixture”. Plated293 cells are washed with 1×PBS, followed by addition of 5 ml serum freeDMEM. 1 ml of the transfection mixture is added to the cells, followedby incubation for 4 hrs at 37° C./5% CO₂. The transfection mixture isremoved by aspiration, followed by the addition of 10 ml of DMEM/10%Fetal Bovine Serum. Cells are incubated at 37° C./5% CO₂. After 48 hrincubation, cells are harvested and utilized for analysis.

b. Stable Cell Lines

Approximately 12×10⁶ 293 cells are plated on a 15 cm tissue cultureplate. Grown in DME High Glucose Medium containing ten percent fetalbovine serum and one percent sodium pyruvate, L-glutamine, andantibiotics. Twenty-four hours following plating of 293 cells (or to−80% confluency), the cells are transfected using 12 g of DNA (e.g.,pCMV-neor vector with receptor cDNA). The 12 g of DNA is combined with60 μl of lipofectamine and 2 ml of DME High Glucose Medium withoutserum. The medium is aspirated from the plates and the cells are washedonce with medium without serum. The DNA, lipofectamine, and mediummixture are added to the plate along with 10 ml of medium without serum.Following incubation at 37° C. for four to five hours, the medium isaspirated and 25 ml of medium containing serum is added. Twenty-fourhours following transfection, the medium is aspirated again, and freshmedium with serum is added. Forty-eight hours following transfection,the medium is aspirated and medium with serum is added containinggeneticin (G418 drug) at a final concentration of approximately 12×10⁶293 cells are plated on a 15 cm tissue culture plate. Grown in DME HighGlucose Medium containing ten percent fetal bovine serum and one percentsodium pyruvate, L-glutamine, and antibiotics. Twenty-four hoursfollowing plating of 293 cells (or to ˜80% confluency), the cells aretransfected using 12 g of DNA (e.g., pCMV vector with receptor cDNA).The 12 μg of DNA is combined with 60 μl of lipofectamine and 2 ml of DMEHigh Glucose Medium without serum. The medium is aspirated from theplates and the cells are washed once with medium without serum. The DNA,lipofectamine, and medium mixture are added to the plate along with 10ml of medium without serum. Following incubation at 37° C. for four tofive hours, the medium is aspirated and 25 ml of medium containing serumis added. Twenty-four hours following transfection, the medium isaspirated again, and fresh medium with serum is added. Forty-eight hoursfollowing transfection, the medium is aspirated and medium with serum isadded containing geneticin (G418 drug) at a final concentration of 500g/ml. The transfected cells now undergo selection for positivelytransfected cells containing the G418 resistance gene. The medium isreplaced every four to five days as selection occurs. During selection,cells are grown to create stable pools, or split for stable clonalselection.

Example 9 Assays for Screening Candidate Compounds as, e.g., GPR119Agonists

A variety of approaches are available for screening candidate compoundsas, e.g., GPR119 agonists. The following are illustrative; those ofordinary skill in the art are credited with the ability to determinethose techniques that are preferentially beneficial for the needs of theartisan. Assays for screening compounds as agonists of a Gprotein-coupled receptor are well known to the skilled artisan (see,e.g., International Application WO 02/42461).

1. Membrane Binding Assays: [³⁵S]GTPγS Assay

When a G protein-coupled receptor is in its active state, either as aresult of ligand binding or constitutive activation, the receptorcouples to a G protein and stimulates the release of GDP and subsequentbinding of GTP to the G protein. The alpha subunit of the Gprotein-receptor complex acts as a GTPase and slowly hydrolyzes the GTPto GDP, at which point the receptor normally is deactivated. Activatedreceptors continue to exchange GDP for GTP. The non-hydrolyzable GTPanalog, [³⁵S]GTPγS, can be utilized to demonstrate enhanced binding of[³⁵S]GTPγS to membranes expressing activated receptors. The advantage ofusing [³⁵S]GTPγS binding to measure activation is that: (a) it isgenerically applicable to all G protein-coupled receptors; (b) it isproximal at the membrane surface making it less likely to pick-upmolecules which affect the intracellular cascade.

The assay utilizes the ability of G protein coupled receptors tostimulate [³⁵S]GTPγS binding to membranes expressing the relevantreceptors. The assay is generic and has application to drug discovery atall G protein-coupled receptors.

Membrane Preparation

In some embodiments, membranes comprising a G protein-coupled receptorof the invention and for use in the identification of candidatecompounds as, e.g., agonists of the receptor, are preferably prepared asfollows:

a. Materials “Membrane Scrape Buffer” is comprised of 20 mM HEPES and 10mM EDTA, pH 7.4; “Membrane Wash Buffer” is comprised of 20 mM HEPES and0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7.4; “Binding Buffer” is comprised of 20 mM HEPES, 100mM NaCl, and 10 mM MgCl₂, pH 7.4.

b. Procedure

All materials will be kept on ice throughout the procedure. Firstly, themedia will be aspirated from a confluent monolayer of cells, followed byrinse with 10 ml cold PBS, followed by aspiration. Thereafter, 5 ml ofMembrane Scrape Buffer will be added to scrape cells; this will befollowed by transfer of cellular extract into 50 ml centrifuge tubes(centrifuged at 20,000 rpm for 17 minutes at 4° C.). Thereafter, thesupernatant will be aspirated and the pellet will be resuspended in 30ml Membrane Wash Buffer followed by centrifuge at 20,000 rpm for 17minutes at 4° C. The supernatant will then be aspirated and the pelletresuspended in Binding Buffer. This will then be homogenized using aBrinkman Polytron™ homogenizer (15-20 second bursts until the allmaterial is in suspension). This is referred to herein as “MembraneProtein”. Bradford Protein Assay

Following the homogenization, protein concentration of the membraneswill be determined using the Bradford Protein Assay (protein can bediluted to about 1.5 mg/ml, aliquoted and frozen (−80° C.) for lateruse; when frozen, protocol for use will be as follows: on the day of theassay, frozen Membrane Protein is thawed at room temperature, followedby vortex and then homogenized with a Polytron at about 12×1,000 rpm forabout 5-10 seconds; it is noted that for multiple preparations, thehomogenizer should be thoroughly cleaned between homogenization ofdifferent preparations).

a. Materials

Binding Buffer (as per above); Bradford Dye Reagent; Bradford ProteinStandard will be utilized, following manufacturer instructions (Biorad,cat. no. 500-0006).

b. Procedure

Duplicate tubes will be prepared, one including the membrane, and one asa control “blank”. Each contained 800 μl Binding Buffer. Thereafter, 10μl of Bradford Protein Standard (1 mg/ml) will be added to each tube,and 10 μl of membrane Protein will then be added to just one tube (notthe blank). Thereafter, 200 μl of Bradford Dye Reagent will be added toeach tube, followed by vortex of each. After five (5) minutes, the tubeswill be re-vortexed and the material therein will be transferred tocuvettes. The cuvettes will then be read using a CECIL 3041spectrophotometer, at wavelength 595.

Identification Assay

a. Materials

GDP Buffer consists of 37.5 ml Binding Buffer and 2 mg GDP (Sigma, cat.no. G-7127), followed by a series of dilutions in Binding Buffer toobtain 0.2 μM GDP (final concentration of GDP in each well was 0.1 μMGDP); each well comprising a candidate compound, has a final volume of200 μl consisting of 100 μl GDP Buffer (final concentration, 0.1 μMGDP), 50 μl Membrane Protein in Binding Buffer, and 50 μl [³⁵S]GTPγS(0.6 nM) in Binding Buffer (2.5 μl [³⁵S]GTPγS per 10 ml Binding Buffer).

b. Procedure

Candidate compounds will be preferably screened using a 96-well plateformat (these can be frozen at −80° C.). Membrane Protein (or membraneswith expression vector excluding the Target GPCR, as control), will behomogenized briefly until in suspension. Protein concentration will thenbe determined using the Bradford Protein Assay set forth above. MembraneProtein (and control) will then be diluted to 0.25 mg/ml in BindingBuffer (final assay concentration, 12.5 μg/well). Thereafter, 100 μl GDPBuffer was added to each well of a Wallac Scintistrip™ (Wallac). A 5 μlpin-tool will then be used to transfer 5 μl of a candidate compound intosuch well (i.e., 5 μl in total assay volume of 200 μl is a 1:40 ratiosuch that the final screening concentration of the candidate compound is10 μM). Again, to avoid contamination, after each transfer step the pintool should be rinsed in three reservoirs comprising water (1×), ethanol(1×) and water (2×)—excess liquid should be shaken from the tool aftereach rinse and dried with paper and kimwipes. Thereafter, 50 μl ofMembrane Protein will be added to each well (a control well comprisingmembranes without the Target GPCR was also utilized), and pre-incubatedfor 5-10 minutes at room temperature. Thereafter, 50 μl of [³⁵S]GTPγS(0.6 nM) in Binding Buffer will be added to each well, followed byincubation on a shaker for 60 minutes at room temperature (again, inthis example, plates were covered with foil). The assay will then bestopped by spinning of the plates at 4000 RPM for 15 minutes at 22° C.The plates will then be aspirated with an 8 channel manifold and sealedwith plate covers. The plates will then be read on a Wallac 1450 usingsetting “Prot. #37” (as per manufacturer's instructions).

2. Adenylyl Cyclase Assay

A Flash Plate™ Adenylyl Cyclase kit (New England Nuclear; Cat. No.SMP004A) designed for cell-based assays can be modified for use withcrude plasma membranes. The Flash Plate wells can contain a scintillantcoating which also contains a specific antibody recognizing cAMP. ThecAMP generated in the wells can be quantitated by a direct competitionfor binding of radioactive cAMP tracer to the cAMP antibody. Thefollowing serves as a brief protocol for the measurement of changes incAMP levels in cells that express the receptors.

In certain embodiments, a modified Flash Plate™ Adenylyl Cyclase kit(New England Nuclear; Cat. No. SMP004A) is utilized for identificationof candidate compounds as, e.g., GPR119 agonists in accordance with thefollowing protocol.

Cells transfected with a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention areharvested approximately three days after transfection. Membranes areprepared by homogenization of suspended cells in buffer containing 20 mMHEPES, pH 7.4 and 10 mM MgCl₂. Homogenization is performed on ice usinga Brinkman Polytron™ for approximately 10 seconds. The resultinghomogenate is centrifuged at 49,000×g for 15 minutes at 4° C. Theresulting pellet is then resuspended in buffer containing 20 mM HEPES,pH 7.4 and 0.1 mM EDTA, homogenized for 10 seconds, followed bycentrifugation at 49,000×g for 15 minutes at 4° C. The resulting pelletis then stored at −80° C. until utilized. On the day of directidentification screening, the membrane pellet is slowly thawed at roomtemperature, resuspended in buffer containing 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4 and 10mM MgCl₂, to yield a final protein concentration of 0.60 mg/ml (theresuspended membranes are placed on ice until use).

cAMP standards and Detection Buffer (comprising 2 μCi of tracer([¹²⁵I]cAMP (100 μl) to 11 ml Detection Buffer)) are prepared andmaintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. AssayBuffer was prepared fresh for screening and contained 20 mM HEPES, pH7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 20 mM phosphocreatine (Sigma), 0.1 units/ml creatinephosphokinase (Sigma), 50 μM GTP (Sigma), and 0.2 mM ATP (Sigma); AssayBuffer was then stored on ice until utilized.

Candidate compounds are added, preferably, to e.g. 96-well plate wells(311/well; 12 μM final assay concentration), together with 40 μlMembrane Protein (30 g/well) and 50 μl of Assay Buffer. This admixturewas then incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature, with gentleshaking.

Following the incubation, 100 μl of Detection Buffer is added to eachwell, followed by incubation for 2-24 hours. Plates are then counted ina Wallac MicroBeta™ plate reader using “Prot. #31” (as permanufacturer's instructions).

3. CRE-Luc Reporter Assay

293 and 293T cells are plated-out on 96 well plates at a density of2×10⁴ cells per well and were transfected using Lipofectamine Reagent(BRL) the following day according to manufacturer instructions. ADNA/lipid mixture is prepared for each 6-well transfection as follows:260 ng of plasmid DNA in 100 μl of DMEM is gently mixed with 2 μl oflipid in 100 μl of DMEM (the 260 ng of plasmid DNA consists of 200 ng ofa 8xCRE-Luc reporter plasmid, 50 ng of pCMV comprising a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention or pCMV alone, and 10 ng of aGPRS expression plasmid (GPRS in pcDNA3 (Invitrogen)). The 8XCRE-Lucreporter plasmid was prepared as follows: vector SRIF-β-gal was obtainedby cloning the rat somatostatin promoter (−71/+51) at BglV-HindIII sitein the pβgal-Basic Vector (Clontech). Eight (8) copies of cAMP responseelement were obtained by PCR from an adenovirus template AdpCF126CCRE8[see, Suzuki et al., Hum Gene Ther (1996) 7:1883-1893; the disclosure ofwhich is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) and clonedinto the SRIF-β-gal vector at the Kpn-BglV site, resulting in the8xCRE-β-gal reporter vector. The 8xCRE-Luc reporter plasmid wasgenerated by replacing the beta-galactosidase gene in the 8xCRE-β-galreporter vector with the luciferase gene obtained from the pGL3-basicvector (Promega) at the HindIII-BamHI site. Following 30 min. incubationat room temperature, the DNA/lipid mixture is diluted with 400 μl ofDMEM and 100 μl of the diluted mixture is added to each well. 100 μl ofDMEM with 10% FCS are added to each well after a 4 hr incubation in acell culture incubator. The following day the transfected cells arechanged with 200 μl/well of DMEM with 10% FCS. Eight (8) hours later,the wells are changed to 100 μl/well of DMEM without phenol red, afterone wash with PBS. Luciferase activity is measured the next day usingthe LucLite™ reporter gene assay kit (Packard) following manufacturerinstructions and read on a 1450 MicroBeta™ scintillation andluminescence counter (Wallac).

Example 10 Whole Cell Adenylyl Cyclase Assay for, e.g., GPR119 AgonistActivity

Cyclic AMP measurements are done with a Flash Plate™ Adenylyl Cyclasekit (New England Nuclear) according to the supplier's protocol. HEK293cells are plated in 15-cm tissue culture dish at 12×10⁶ cells per dishin regular growth medium (DMEM/10% FBS). On the next day, μg of eitherempty vector DNA or expression plasmid DNA are transfected into cellswith lipofectamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) according tomanufacturer's protocol. After 24 hours in culture, transfected cellsare harvested in GIBCO cell dissociation buffer (Cat #13151-014),pelleted by centrifugation for 5 minutes at 1,100 rpm, and carefullyre-suspended into an appropriate volume of Assay Buffer (50% 1×PBS and50% Stimulation Buffer) to give a final cell count at 2×10⁶ cells/ml.Test compounds are prepared in 50 μl Assay Buffer at desired assayconcentration where indicated, and pipetted into wells of the 96-wellFlash Plate. The cell suspension prepared above was then added (50 μlper well). After an incubation time of 60 minutes at room temperature,100 μl of Detection Mix containing tracer [¹²⁵I]-cAMP is then added tothe wells. Plates are incubated for additional 2 hours followed bycounting in a Wallac MicroBeta scintillation counter. Values ofcAMP/well are extrapolated from a standard cAMP curve which is includedon each assay plate.

An increase in cAMP level in GPR119-transfected HEK293 cells over thatin HEK293 cells transfected with empty vector is indicative of a testcompound being a compound that stimulates GPR119 receptor functionality.

Example 11 Homogeneous Time-Resolved Fluorescence (HTRF®) Assay forDirect cAMP Measurement

Compounds are screened for compounds which stimulate GPR119 receptor,e.g. for agonists of GPR119 receptor, using HTRF® assay for direct cAMPmeasurement (Gabriel et al, ASSAY and Drug Development Technologies,1:291-303, 2003) and recombinant CHO-K1 cells stably transfected withGPR119 receptor. Compounds are screened for agonists of GPR119 receptorusing HTRF® assay for direct cAMP measurement (Gabriel et al, ASSAY andDrug Development Technologies, 1:291-303, 2003) and recombinant CHO-K1cells stably transfected with GPR119 receptor. CHO-K1 cells are obtainedfrom ATCC® (Manassas, Va.; Catalog #CCL-61). An agonist of GPR119receptor is detected in HTRF® assay for direct cAMP measurement as acompound which increases cAMP concentration. HTRF® assay also is used todetermine EC₅₀ values for GPR119 receptor agonists.

Principle of the Assay: HTRF® assay kit is purchased from Cisbio-US,Inc. (Bedford, Mass.; Catalog #62AM4PEC). The HTRF® assay supported bythe kit is a competitive immunoassay between endogenous cAMP produced bythe CHO-K1 cells and tracer cAMP labeled with the dye d2. The tracerbinding is visualized by a monoclonal anti-cAMP antibody labeled withCryptate.

The specific signal (i.e., fluorescence resonance energy transfer, FRET)is inversely proportional to the concentration of unlabeled cAMP in thestandard or sample.

Standard Curve: The fluorescence ratio (665 nm/620 nm) of the standards(0.17 to 712 nM cAMP) included in the assay is calculated and used togenerate a cAMP standard curve according to the kit manufacturer'sinstructions. The fluorescence ratio of the samples (test compound orcompound buffer) is calculated and used to deduce respective cAMPconcentrations by reference to the cAMP standard curve.

Setup of the Assay: HTRF® assay is carried out using a two-step protocolessentially according to the kit manufacturer's instructions, in 20 μltotal volume per well in 384-well plate format (ProxiPlates;PerkinElmer, Fremont, Calif.; catalog #6008280). To each of theexperimental wells is transferred 3000 recombinant CHO-K1 cells in 5 μlassay buffer (phosphate buffered saline containing calcium chloride andmagnesium chloride (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.; catalog #14040)supplemented with IBMX (100 μM) and rolipram (10 μM) (phosphodiesteraseinhibitors; Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.; catalog #15879 and catalog#R6520, respectively) and 0.1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) fraction V(Sigma-Aldrich; catalog #A3059)), followed by test compound in 5 μlassay buffer or 5 μl assay buffer. The plate is then incubated at roomtemperature for 1 hour. To each well is then added 5 μl cAMP-d2conjugate in lysis buffer and 5 μl Cryptate conjugate in lysis bufferaccording to the kit manufacturer's instructions. The plate is thenfurther incubated at room temperature for 1 hour, after which the assayplate is read.

Assay Readout: HTRF® readout is accomplished using a PHERAstar (BMGLABTECH Inc., Durham, N.C.) or EnVision™ (PerkinElmer, Fremont Calif.)microplate reader.

Example 12 Melanophore Assay for, e.g., GPR119 Agonist Activity

Melanophores are maintained in culture as reported by Potenza et al[Pigment Cell Research (1992) 5:372-378] and transfected with anexpression vector encoding a GPR119 receptor (GPR119; e.g., humanGPR119, GenBank® Accession No. AAP72125 and alleles thereof) usingelectroporation. Following electroporation, the transfected cells areplated into 96 well plates for the assay. The cells are then allowed togrow for 48 hours in order to both recover from the electroporationprocedure and attain maximal receptor expression levels.

On the assay day, the growth medium on the cells is replaced withserum-free buffer containing 10 nM melatonin. The melatonin acts via anendogenous Gi-coupled GPCR in the melanophores to lower intracellularcAMP levels. In response to lowered cAMP levels, the melanophorestranslocate their pigment to the center of the cell. The net effect ofthis is a significant decrease in the absorbance reading of the cellmonolayer in the well, measured at 600-650 nM.

After a 1-hour incubation in melatonin, the cells become completelypigment-aggregated. At this point a baseline absorbance reading iscollected. Serial dilutions of test compounds are then added to theplate, and compounds having GPR119 agonist activity produce increases inintracellular cAMP levels. In response to these increased cAMP levels,the melanophores translocate their pigment back into the cell periphery.After one hour, stimulated cells are fully pigment-dispersed. The cellmonolayer in the dispersed state absorbs much more light in the 600-650nm range. The measured increase in absorbance compared to the baselinereading allows one to quantitate the degree of receptor stimulation andplot a dose-response curve.

Materials and methods relating to melanophore assay are found in U.S.Pat. Nos. 5,462,856 and 6,051,386, the disclosure of each of which isherein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

An increase in pigment dispersion in GPR119-transfected melanophoresover that in melanophores transfected with empty vector is indicative ofa test compound being a compound that stimulates GPR119 receptorfunctionality.

Other assays for identifying a compound as a GPR119 agonist will bereadily apparent to the skilled artisan (see, e.g., Example 9, supra).

Example 13 Yeast Reporter Assay for, e.g., GPR119 Agonist Activity

The yeast cell-based reporter assays have previously been described inthe literature (e.g., see Miret et al, J Biol Chem (2002) 277:6881-6887;Campbell et al, Bioorg Med Chem Lett (1999) 9:2413-2418; King et al,Science (1990) 250:121-123; WO 99/14344; WO 00/12704; and U.S. Pat. No.6,100,042). Briefly, yeast cells have been engineered such that theendogenous yeast G-alpha (GPA1) has been deleted and replaced withG-protein chimeras constructed using multiple techniques. Additionally,the endogenous yeast alpha-cell GPCR, Step 3 has been deleted to allowfor a homologous expression of a mammalian GPCR of choice. In the yeast,elements of the pheromone signaling transduction pathway, which areconserved in eukaryotic cells (for example, the mitogen-activatedprotein kinase pathway), drive the expression of Fus 1. By placingβ-galactosidase (LacZ) under the control of the Fus 1 promoter (Fus 1p),a system has been developed whereby receptor activation leads to anenzymatic readout.

Yeast cells are transformed by an adaptation of the lithium acetatemethod described by Agatep et al (Agatep et al, 1998, Transformation ofSaccharomyces cerevisiae by the lithium acetate/single-stranded carrierDNA/polyethylene glycol (LiAc/ss-DNA/PEG) protocol. Technical TipsOnline, Trends Journals, Elsevier). Briefly, yeast cells are grownovernight on yeast tryptone plates (YT). Carrier single-stranded DNA (10μg), 2 μg of each of two Fuslp-LacZ reporter plasmids (one with URAselection marker and one with TRP), 2 μg of GPR119 (e.g., humanreceptor) in yeast expression vector (2 μg origin of replication) and alithium acetate/polyethylene glycol/TE buffer is pipetted into anEppendorf tube. The yeast expression plasmid containing the receptor/noreceptor control has a LEU marker. Yeast cells are inoculated into thismixture and the reaction proceeds at 30° C. for 60 min. The yeast cellsare then heat-shocked at 42° C. for 15 min. The cells are then washedand spread on selection plates. The selection plates are syntheticdefined yeast media minus LEU, URA and TRP (SD-LUT). After incubating at30° C. for 2-3 days, colonies that grow on the selection plates are thentested in the LacZ assay.

In order to perform fluorimetric enzyme assays for β-galactosidase,yeast cells carrying the subject GPR119 receptor are grown overnight inliquid SD-LUT medium to an unsaturated concentration (i.e. the cells arestill dividing and have not yet reached stationary phase). They arediluted in fresh medium to an optimal assay concentration and 90 μl ofyeast cells are added to 96-well black polystyrene plates (Costar). Testcompounds, dissolved in DMSO and diluted in a 10% DMSO solution to 100×concentration, are added to the plates and the plates placed at 30° C.for 4 h. After 4 h, the substrate for the 3-galactosidase is added toeach well. In these experiments, Fluorescein di (β-D-galactopyranoside)is used (FDG), a substrate for the enzyme that releases fluorescein,allowing a fluorimetric read-out. 20 μl per well of 500 μM FDG/2.5%Triton X100 is added (the detergent is necessary to render the cellspermeable). After incubation of the cells with the substrate for 60 min,20 μl per well of 1 M sodium carbonate is added to terminate thereaction and enhance the fluorescent signal. The plates are then read ina fluorimeter at 485/535 nm.

An increase in fluorescent signal in GPR119-transformed yeast cells overthat in yeast cells transformed with empty vector is indicative of atest compound being a compound that stimulates GPR119 receptorfunctionality (e.g., a compound that is an agonist or partial agonist ofGPR119). In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention give anincrease in fluorescent signal above that of the background signal (thesignal obtained in the presence of vehicle alone).

Example 14 Radiolabeled Compound

In certain embodiments, a compound known to be a ligand of a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention is radiolabeled. Aradiolabeled compound as described herein can be used in a screeningassay to identify/evaluate compounds. In general terms, a newlysynthesized or identified compound (i.e., test compound) can beevaluated for its ability to reduce binding of the radiolabeled knownligand to the receptor, by its ability to reduce formation of thecomplex between the radiolabeled known ligand and the receptor. Suitableradionuclides that may be incorporated in compounds of the presentinvention include but are not limited to ³H (also written as T), ¹¹C,¹⁴C, ¹⁸F, ¹²⁵I, ⁸²Br, ¹²³I, ¹²⁴I, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ⁷⁵Br, ⁷⁶Br, ¹⁵O, ¹³N, ³⁵Sand ⁷⁷Br. Compounds that incorporate ³H, ¹⁴C, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ³⁵S or ⁸²Brwill generally be most useful.

It is understood that a “radiolabelled” compound” is a compound that hasincorporated at least one radionuclide. In some embodiments, theradionuclide is selected from the group consisting of ³H, ¹⁴C, ¹²⁵I, ³⁵Sand ⁸²Br. In some embodiments, the radionuclide ³H or ¹⁴C. Moreover, itshould be understood that all of the atoms represented in the compoundsknown to be ligands of a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention canbe either the most commonly occurring isotope of such atoms or the morescarce radioisotope or nonradioactive isotope.

Synthetic methods for incorporating radioisotopes into organic compoundsincluding those applicable to those compounds known to be ligands of a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention are well known in the art andinclude incorporating activity levels of tritium into target moleculesinclude: A. Catalytic Reduction with Tritium Gas—This procedure normallyyields high specific activity products and requires halogenated orunsaturated precursors. B. Reduction with Sodium Borohydride [³H]—Thisprocedure is rather inexpensive and requires precursors containingreducible functional groups such as aldehydes, ketones, lactones,esters, and the like. C. Reduction with Lithium Aluminum Hydride[³H]—This procedure offers products at almost theoretical specificactivities. It also requires precursors containing reducible functionalgroups such as aldehydes, ketones, lactones, esters, and the like. D.Tritium Gas Exposure Labeling—This procedure involves exposingprecursors containing exchangeable protons to tritium gas in thepresence of a suitable catalyst. E. N-Methylation using Methyl Iodide[³H]—This procedure is usually employed to prepare O-methyl or N-methyl(³H) products by treating appropriate precursors with high specificactivity methyl iodide (³H). This method in general allows for highspecific activity, such as about 80-87 Ci/mmol.

Synthetic methods for incorporating activity levels of ¹²⁵I into targetmolecules include: A. Sandmeyer and like reactions—This proceduretransforms an aryl or heteroaryl amine into a diazonium salt, such as atetrafluoroborate salt, and subsequently to ¹²⁵I labelled compound usingNa¹²⁵I. A represented procedure was reported by Zhu, D.-G. andco-workers in J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 943-948. B. Ortho ¹²⁵Iodination ofphenols—This procedure allows for the incorporation of ¹²⁵I at the orthoposition of a phenol as reported by Collier, T. L. and co-workers in J.Labelled Compd Radiopharm. 1999, 42, S264-S266. C. Aryl and heteroarylbromide exchange with ¹²⁵I—This method is generally a two step process.The first step is the conversion of the aryl or heteroaryl bromide tothe corresponding tri-alkyltin intermediate using for example, a Pdcatalyzed reaction (i.e. Pd(Ph₃P)₄] or through an aryl or heteroaryllithium, in the presence of a tri-alkyltinhalide or hexaalkylditin[e.g., (CH₃)₃SnSn(CH₃)₃). A represented procedure was reported by Bas,M.-D. and co-workers in J. Labelled Compd Radiopharm. 2001, 44,S280-S282.

The foregoing techniques are intended to be illustrative and notlimiting. Other techniques for radiolabeling a compound known to be aligand of a G protein-coupled receptor of the invention are well knownto the skilled artisan.

Example 15 Receptor Binding Assay

A test compound can be evaluated for its ability to reduce formation ofthe complex between a compound known to be a ligand of a Gprotein-coupled receptor of the invention and the receptor. In certainembodiments, the known ligand is radiolabeled. The radiolabeled knownligand can be used in a screening assay to identify/evaluate compounds.In general terms, a newly synthesized or identified compound (i.e., testcompound) can be evaluated for its ability to reduce binding of theradiolabeled known ligand to the receptor, by its ability to reduceformation of the complex between the radiolabeled known ligand and thereceptor.

A level of specific binding of the radiolabled known ligand in thepresence of the test compound less than a level of specific binding ofthe radiolabeled known ligand in the absence of the test compound isindicative of less of the complex between said radiolabeled known ligandand said receptor being formed in the presence of the test compound thanin the absence of the test compound.

Assay Protocol for Detecting the Complex Between a Compound Known to bea Ligand of a G Protein-Coupled Receptor of the Invention and theReceptor

A. Preparation of the Receptor

293 cells are transiently transfected with 10 ug expression vectorcomprising a polynucleotide encoding a G protein-coupled receptor of theinvention using 60 ul Lipofectamine (per 15-cm dish). The transientlytransfected cells are grown in the dish for 24 hours (75% confluency)with a media change and removed with 10 ml/dish of Hepes-EDTA buffer (20mM Hepes+10 mM EDTA, pH 7.4). The cells are then centrifuged in aBeckman Coulter centrifuge for 20 minutes, 17,000 rpm (JA-25.50 rotor).Subsequently, the pellet is resuspended in 20 mM Hepes+1 mM EDTA, pH 7.4and homogenized with a 50-ml Dounce homogenizer and again centrifuged.After removing the supernatant, the pellets are stored at −80° C., untilused in binding assay. When used in the assay, membranes are thawed onice for 20 minutes and then 10 mL of incubation buffer (20 mM Hepes, 1mM MgCl₂, 100 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) added. The membranes are then vortexed toresuspend the crude membrane pellet and homogenized with a BrinkmannPT-3100 Polytron homogenizer for 15 seconds at setting 6. Theconcentration of membrane protein is determined using the BRL Bradfordprotein assay.

B. Binding Assay

For total binding, a total volume of 50 ul of appropriately dilutedmembranes (diluted in assay buffer containing 50 mM Tris HCl (pH 7.4),10 mM MgCl₂, and 1 mM EDTA; 5-50 ug protein) is added to 96-wellpolyproylene microtiter plates followed by addition of 100 ul of assaybuffer and 50 ul of a radiolabeled known ligand. For nonspecificbinding, 50 ul of assay buffer is added instead of 100 ul and anadditional 50 ul of 10 uM said known ligand which is not radiolabeled isadded before 50 ul of said radiolabeled known ligand is added. Platesare then incubated at room temperature for 60-120 minutes. The bindingreaction is terminated by filtering assay plates through a MicroplateDevices GF/C Unifilter filtration plate with a Brandell 96-well plateharvestor followed by washing with cold 50 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.4containing 0.9% NaCl. Then, the bottom of the filtration plate aresealed, 50 ul of Optiphase Supermix is added to each well, the top ofthe plates are sealed, and plates are counted in a Trilux MicroBetascintillation counter. For determining whether less of the complexbetween said radiolabeled known ligand and said receptor is formed inthe presence of a test compound, instead of adding 100 ul of assaybuffer, 100 ul of appropriately diluted said test compound is added toappropriate wells followed by addition of 50 ul of said radiolabledknown ligand.

C. Calculations

The test compounds are initially assayed at 10, 1 and 0.1 μM and then ata range of concentrations chosen such that the middle dose would causeabout 50% inhibition of binding of the radiolabeled known ligand (i.e.,IC₅₀). Specific binding in the absence of test compound (Bo) is thedifference of total binding (B_(T)) minus non-specific binding (NSB) andsimilarly specific binding (in the presence of test compound) (B) is thedifference of displacement binding (B_(D)) minus non-specific binding(NSB). IC₅₀ is determined from an inhibition response curve, logit-logplot of % B/B_(O) vs concentration of test compound.

K_(i) is calculated by the Cheng and Prustoff transformation:K_(i)=IC₅₀/(1+[L]/K_(D))

where [L] is the concentration of radiolabled known ligand used in theassay and K_(D) is the dissociation constant of the radiolabeled knownligand determined independently under the same binding conditions.

Example 16 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on PYY Secretion in EnteroendocrineCell or in Cells in Tissue Derived from an L Cell-Containing Region ofIntestine or in Cells Capable of Secreting PYY

A GPR119 agonist in accordance with the present invention can be shownto stimulate PYY secretion in an enteroendocrine cell, e.g. anenteroendocrine cell line, or in cells such as enteroendocrine cells intissue derived from an L cell-containing region of intestine [e.g.,duodenum, jejunum, ileum, colon or rectum tissue; see, e.g., Lundberg etal, PNAS USA (1982) 79:4471-4475; Adrian et al, Gastroenterol (1985)89:1070-1077; Ekblad et al, Peptides (2002) 23:251-261; Ueno et al,Regul Pept (2008) 145:12-16)] or in cells capable of secreting PYY usingthe in vitro assay described here. Enteroendocrine cells or cells suchas enteroendocrine cells in tissue derived from an L cell-containingregion of intestine are plated in 24-well plates on day one in completeculture medium (DMEM/10% FBS). On day two the culture medium is replacedwith a low glucose medium (DMEM/3 mM Glucose/10% FBS). On day threecells are washed twice with 1×PBS. The washed cells are stimulated withvehicle or with GPR119 agonist at various concentrations (e.g., in therange of 1 nM to 20 uM) or with forskolin (1 uM) as a positive controlin serum free DMEM with 15 mM glucose for one hour at 37° C. and 5% CO₂in a tissue culture incubator. The supernatants are then collected andclarified by centrifugation at 500 g and 4° C. for minutes. Total PYYreleased into the supernatant is determined using a PYY EIA kitpurchased from Phoenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Peptide YY (PYY) (Rat,Mouse, Porcine, Canine) EIA kit, Catalog No. EK-059-03) according toinstructions provided in the kit.

It is expressly contemplated that cells capable of secreting PYY includebut are not limited to an enteroendocrine cell, as may be anenteroendorine cell line, a cell such as may be an enteroendocrine cellin tissue derived from an L cell-containing region of intestine, analpha cell of the islets of Langerhans, a cell line derived from theislets of Langerhans such as may be RINm5F (Bargsten, Arch Histol Cytol(2004) 67:79-94), a cell such as a neuronal cell as may be in tissuefrom the medulla oblongata, a neuronal cell line, and a recombinantcell.

Example 17 In Vivo Effects of a GPR119 Agonist on Atherogenesis in Mice

Male apoE^(−/−) mice (Jackson Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Me.) are fed anormal chow. The apolipoprotein E-deficient (apoE^(−/−)) mouse is anestablished animal model of atherosclerosis, developing extensiveatherosclerotic lesions on a chow diet [Zhang et al, Science (1992)258:468-471]. At the age of 12 weeks, a GPR119 agonist or vehicle aloneis administered per daily oral administration. A preferred dose of theGPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferred dose is selected fromthe group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10mg/kg, mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

The mice are anesthetized with an intraperitoneal injection ofpentobarbital (50 mg/kg), and the hearts, which contain the aoriticsinus and aortic arch, are harvested 14 days after the administration ofthe GPR119 agonist. Hearts are also harvested from unmanipulated mice atthe start of the experiment. Ten mice are used for each of the threeexperimental groups.

The frozen cross-sections (10 μM thick) of aortic sinus embedded inOptimal Cutting Temperature (OCT; Sakura Finetechnical Co., Ltd)compound after overnight fixation in 10% formalin are mounted on slides.For the analysis of plaque size, 3 sections (100 μM apart) from eachmouse were stained with Oil Red O. The lesion size and the diameter oflipid droplets in the lesions are quantified with an image analyzingcomputer software, and the mean values are determined. The mean valuefor the group administered with the GPR119 agonist is compared with themean value for the group administered with vehicle alone.

Data are presented as means±SEM and are analyzed by Student's t test orthe Mann-Whitney U test, depending on their distribution pattern. Avalue of P<0.05 is considered statistically significant. See, e.g.,Okamoto et al, Circulation (2002) 106:2767-2770.

These results can demonstrate that the GPR119 agonist is an inhibitor ofatherogenesis.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment a GPR119 agonistcan be shown to be an inhibitor of atherogenesis in the ApoE^(−/−) miceusing a non-invasive in vivo technique [see, e.g., Fayad et al,Circulation (1998) 98:1541-1547]. It is expressly contemplated that inother embodiment, administration of the agonist is other than oral, forexample that administration of the agonist is intraperitoneal orintravenous. It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment,treatment begins other than at 12 weeks of age, either earlier or laterthan at 12 weeks of age. It is expressly contemplated that in otherembodiment treatment continues for less than or more than 14 days. It isexpressly contemplated that administration may be other than daily.

Example 18 In Vivo Effects of a GPR119 Agonist on Chronic InflammatoryArthritis in Mice

Both male and female MRL-lpr mice (Jackson Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Me.)are used at 13-14 weeks of age. MRL-lpr mice spontaneously develop achronic inflammatory arthritis with similar characteristics to humanrheumatoid arthritis including cell infiltration, pannus formation, boneand cartilage breakdown, and the presence of serum rheumatoid factor.The disease normally develops towards the end of the animal's life span;however, injection with complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) initiates earlyonset and increases the severity of arthritis [Rakay et al, J Immunol(1993) 151:5081-5087].

On Day 0 of each experiment, all groups of mice are injected with CFAintradermally into a thoracic and an inguinal site with 0.05 ml CFAsupplemented to 10 mg/ml with heat inactivated Mycobacteriumtuberculosis H37 Ra (Difco, Detroit, Mich.). Immediately, a GPR119agonist or vehicle alone is administered per daily oral administration.A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

Treatment is continued for 30 days. For quantifying swelling, anklewidths are measured with a micrometer. The statistical comparison ofpaired sets of ankle width measurements is carried out using theStudent's t test.

Histopathological Analysis

At day 30 after CFA priming, the hind paws are fixed in bufferedformalin. After decalcification in 10% formic acid for 48 hours, thetissues are processed for paraffin embedding. Serial sections of thetarso-metatarsal joints are cut to a thickness of 5 mm and stained withhematoxylin and eosin. Sections are examined by an individual withoutknowledge of the experimental protocol. A minimum of 10 sections/jointare assessed and scored to provide a semiquantitative measure ofsubsynovial inflammation (0, normal; 1 focal inflammatory infiltrates;2, inflammatory infiltrate that dominates the cellular histology),synovial hyperplasia (0, normal; 1, a continuous, minimum three-layerthick, synovial lining seen in one joint; 2, minimum three-layer thick,synovial lining detected in several joints), pannus formation andcartilage erosion (0, normal; 1, pannus partially covered cartilagesurfaces without evident cartilage loss; 2, pannus connected to evidentcartilage loss), bone destruction (0, normal; 1, detectable destructionof bone by the pannus or osteoclast activity; 2, the pannus orosteoclast activity has destroyed a significant part of the bone), andfinally, overall pathology is the overall assessment derived by thesummation of the values for these criteria [see, e.g., Gong et al, J ExpMed (1997) 186:131-137]. Statistical analysis of the histopathologyindices is done using the Student's t test.

These results can demonstrate that the GPR119 agonist is an inhibitor ofa chronic inflammatory arthritis, for example that the GPR119 agonist isan inhibitor of rheumatoid arthritis.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is intraperitoneal or intravenous. It is expressly contemplatedthat in other embodiment, treatment begins other than at 13-14 weeks ofage, either earlier or later than at 13-14 weeks of age. It is expresslycontemplated that in other embodiment treatment continues for less thanor more than 30 days. It is expressly contemplated that administrationmay be other than daily.

Example 19 Reduction of Colon Injury of Animal Model for InflammatoryBowel Disease

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to confer protection from inflammatorybowel disease using the animal model essentially as described in WO03/105763.

Methods

Animal Preparation:

10-11 weeks old male HSD rats, ranging 250-300 grams, are housed in a12:12 light:dark cycle, and allowed ad libitum access to a standardrodent diet (Taklad L M 485, Madison, Wis.) and water. The animals arefasted for 24 hours before the experiment.

Procedure:

A simple and reproducible rat model of chronic colonic inflammation hasbeen previously described by Morris et al (Gastroenterology (1989)96:795-803). It exhibits a relatively long duration of inflammation andulceration, affording an opportunity to study the pathophysiology ofcolonic inflammatory disease in a specifically controlled fashion, andto evaluate new treatments potentially applicable to inflammatory boweldisease in humans.

Rats are anesthetized with 3% isofluorane and placed on a regulatedheating pad set at 37° C. A gavage needle is inserted rectally into thecolon 7 cm. The hapten trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) dissolved in50% ethanol (v/v) is delivered into the lumen of the colon through thegavage needle at a dose of 30 mg/kg, in a total volume of 0.4-0.6 mL.Control groups receive saline solution (NaCl 0.9%) intracolonically.

Four days after induction of colitis, the colon is resected fromanesthetized rats, which are then euthanized by decapitation. Weights ofexcised colon and spleen are measured, and the colon photographed forscoring of gross morphologic damage according to the a rating scale(0=no damage, 1=localized hyperemia but no ulcers, 2=linear ulcers withno significant inflammation, 3=linear ulcer with inflammation at onesite, 4=two or more sites of ulceration and/or inflammation, 5=two ormore major sites of inflammation and ulceration or one major site ofinflammation and ulceration extending >1 cm along the length of thecolon) before division into 3 parts. The segment of colon 1 cm from thececum is fixed in 10% formalin. Other segments are immediately frozen ondry ice.

Inflammation is defined as regions of hyperemia and bowel wallthickening. Colons are observed independently by several observersblinded to experimental treatment.

For this assay, 5 treatment groups are set up as follows:

Group A (n=3). intracolonic saline with oral treatment of saline;

Group B (n=8). oral treatment of saline prior to induction of colitis by30 mg/kg TNBS;

Group C (n=10). Experimental group-oral treatment of GPR119 agonist (ata dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg) twice daily for 2 days before, 2 days after,and 30 min before induction of colitis by 30 mg/kg TNBS.

Group D (n=9). Positive control-intramuscular injection of Depo-Medrol600 μg/kg 60 min prior to induction of colitis by 30 mg/kg TNBS;

Group E (n=10). Positive control, 5-amino salicylic acid (Sigma)suspension at 200 mg/kg intracolonic administration in 0.5 mL saline, 60min before induction of colitis and daily thereafter.

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is subcutaneous or intravenous.

Example 20 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on Kainate Seizures in Mice

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to confer protection from kainate seizuresin mice using the animal model essentially as described in Woldbye et al(Neurobiology of Disease (2005) 20:760-772).

Male NMRI mice (Taconic M&B, DK; 23-30 g) are administered per orallywith GPR119 agonist at doses of, e.g., 0.2, 1, 10, 20 or 30 mg/kg(n=7-8) in vehicle containing 0.05% bovine serum albumin in 10 mMphosphate-buffered saline (PBS, 0.13 M NaCl, 7 mM Na₂HPO₄, 3 mMNaH₂PO₄). A control group receives only vehicle by oral administration(n=28). Five minutes later, all animals receive a subcutaneous injectionof kainate dissolved in isotonic saline and adjusted to pH 7.4 (30mg/kg; #2020, Ocean Produce International, Canada); seizure severity isscored according to a modified rating scale of Marsh et al (PNAS USA(1999) 96:13518-13523): 0=no seizure activity, 1=staring or facialmovements, 2=head nodding or isolated twitches, 3=motor seizure withforelimb colonus, 4=motor seizure with rearing, 5=motor seizure withloss of posture or status epilepticus (at least 10 min of continuousmotor seizure activity), 6=death. The seizure score and latencies tofirst motor seizure (when scored as at least 3) and motor seizure withloss of posture are determined for each treatment group by an observedblinded to the identity of the mice.

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is intraperitoneal or intravenous. It is expressly contemplatedthat the subcutaneous injection of kainate may alternatively be carriedout at a time after administration of the GPR119 agonist which isgreater than 5 minutes.

Example 21 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on Food Intake in Lean Mice

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to decrease food intake using leanfasted-refed mice essentially as described in Ortiz et al (JPET (2007)323:692-700).

Lean C57BL/6 mice (Taconic Farms, Germantown, N.Y.) are acclimated for aminimum of a week with controlled temperature and humidity on a 12-hlight/dark cycle. Mice are housed in pairs in cages with a grid floorwith food and water (standard chow pellet diet) continuously available.A study includes 20 mice per treatment group. The mice are fastedovernight (18 h) with water available during the dark phase, and theyare dosed orally with GPR119 agonist (at a dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg) inUSP saline or only vehicle. Preweighed food is provided 30 min afterdosing, and cumulative food intake is measured over 72 h (e.g., at 1 h,at 2 h, at 4 h, at 24 h, at 48 h, and at 72 h).

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is intraperitoneal or intravenous.

Example 22 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on Body Weight and PlasmaAdiponectin in Diet-Induced Obese (DIO) Mice

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to provide a reduction in body weight andan increase in plasma adiponectin using the diet-induced obese (DIO)mouse essentially as described in Ortiz et al (JPET (2007) 323:692-700).

Male C57BL/6 mice (Taconic Farms) are fed a high-fat diet containing 45%calories from fat (rodent diet D12451; Research Diets, Inc., NewBrunswick, N.J.) for 20 to 22 weeks, and they have an average bodyweight over about 5 SDs greater than mice fed a standard chow pelletdiet (5% calories from fat). A study includes 10 mice per treatmentgroup. Mice are kept in standard animal rooms under controlledtemperature and humidity and a 12/12-h light dark cycle. Water and foodare continuously available. Animals are adapted to the grid floors for 4days, and they are dosed with vehicle (USP saline) for a further 4 daysbefore recording of 2 days of baseline body weight and 24-h food andwater consumption. Mice are assigned to treatment groups based upontheir body weight such that the initial mean and standard error of themean of body weight is similar. Animals are administered GPR119 agonist(at a dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg) in USP saline or only vehicle orallyevery day before the dark phase, and body weight and food and waterconsumption are measured. Animals are dosed daily for 40 days.

Blood is collected on day 40 by retro-orbital bleeding for adiponectinanalysis; plasma adiponectin is measured using a Mouse Adiponectin ELISAkit (Catalog No. EZMADP-60K; Millipore Corp., Billerica, Mass.)according to manufacturer's instructions.

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is subcutaneous or intravenous.

Example 23 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on Plasma Glucose, Plasma Insulin,and Glucose Disoposal in Diet-Induced Obese (DIO) Mice

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to provide favorable improvements inmetabolic parameters of diet-induced obese (DIO) mice associated withrisk for type 2 diabetes, such as glucose disposal (to increase glucosedisposal in fasted mice, e.g. glucose disposal following an OGTT),plasma glucose level (to decrease blood glucose in fed mice), and plasmainsulin level (to increase plasma insulin in fasted mice), essentiallyas described in Ortiz et al (JPET (2007) 323:692-700).

Male C57BL/6 mice (Taconic Farms) are fed a high-fat diet containing 45%calories from fat (rodent diet D12451; Research Diets, Inc., NewBrunswick, N.J.) for 20 to 22 weeks, and they have an average bodyweight over 5 SDs greater than mice fed a standard chow pellet diet (5%calories from fat). A study includes 10 mice per treatment group. Miceare kept in standard animal rooms under controlled temperature andhumidity and a 12/12-h light dark cycle. Water and food are continuouslyavailable. Animals are adapted to the grid floors for 4 days, and theyare dosed with vehicle (USP saline) for a further 4 days beforerecording of 2 days of baseline body weight and 24-h food and waterconsumption. Mice are assigned to treatment groups based upon their bodyweight such that the initial mean and standard error of the mean of bodyweight is similar.

Animals are orally administered GPR119 agonist (at a dose of, e.g., 30mg/kg) in USP saline or only vehicle every day before the dark phase.Animals are dosed daily for 11 days. Blood samples are collected fromthe tail of fed mice and analyzed with an Ascensia glucose meter (BayerHealthcare, Tarrytown, N.Y.) on day 10 of treatment. Food is removed 5 hinto the feeding phase, and the animals are fasted for 14 h before bloodcollection using retro-orbital bleeding for insulin analysis. Oralglucose tolerance test (OGTT) is performed 2 h after retro-orbitalbleeding following oral administration of 2 g/kg glucose, and tail bloodglucose is measured at 30-min intervals for 3 h. Insulin is measured byenzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (EIA) (Alpco Diagnostics, Windham,N.H.).

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is subcutaneous or intravenous. It is expressly contemplated inother embodiment, that intraperitoneal glucose tolerance test (IPGTT) isperformed 2 h after retro-orbital bleeding following intraperitonealadministration of 2 g/kg glucose.

Example 24 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on Collateral-Dependent Blood Flowin a Rat Model of Peripheral Arterial Insufficiency

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to increase collateral-dependent bloodflow using a rat model of acute onset peripheral arterial insufficiencythat is characteristic of the large vessel occlusive disease that oftenpresents with symptoms of intermittent claudication, essentially asdescribed in Cruze et al (Peptides (2007) 28:269-280).

Peripheral arterial insufficiency is established in adult male SpragueDawley rats (325-350 g; Taconic Farms, Inc.) with bilateral occlusion ofthe femoral arteries distal to the inguinal ligament. In the samesurgical procedure, a catheter connected to a 14 days osmotic pump(Alzet®) is inserted into the iliac artery for infusion near the site ofcollateral expansion for systemic delivery of vascular growth factor-A(residues 1-165) (VEGF₁₆₅) at a dose of 15 μg/kg/day; GPR119 agonist (ata dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg) and vehicle alone (phosphate buffered saline,10% sodium citrate, 1.6% glycerol, 0.008% Tween 20) are administered perdaily oral administration. All agents are supplied and administered in amanner blinded to the investigators. Blood flow is measured on day 16 toeliminate any acute effects of GPR119 agonist or VEGF₁₆₅ on blood flow.Muscle blood flow is determined in a blinded manner, utilizingradiolabeled microspheres during treadmill running, as described in Yanget al (Am J Physiol Heart Circ Phys (2000) 278:H1966-H1973). The dose ofVEGF₁₆₅ used (15 μg/kg/day) yields a near-maximal increase incollateral-dependent blood flow in this model (Cruze et al, Peptides(2007) 28:269-280).

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is by intravenous infusion at a dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg/day. Apreferred infusion dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg/day.Other preferred infusion dose is selected from the group consisting of0.1 mg/kg/day, 0.3 mg/kg/day, 1.0 mg/kg/day, 3.0 mg/kg/day, 10mg/kg/day, 30 mg/kg/day and 100 mg/kg/day.

Example 25 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide(VIP)-Induced Jejunal Secretions in In Vivo Rat Model

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to decrease secretion in intestinalepithelium using an in vivo rat model of vasoactive intestinal peptide(VIP)-induced jejunal secretions, essentially as described byBalasubramaniam et al (J Med Chem (2000) 43:3420-3427) and Souli et al(Peptides (1997) 18:551-557). Balasubramaniam et al (J Med Chem (2000)43:3420-3427) also describe analogues of PYY having activity in thisassay.

Male Wistar rats (Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Wilmington, Mass.)are anesthetized, and a saphenous vein is cannulated to infuse drugs.The abdomen is opened, a jejunal loop (˜20 cm long) is delimited by twoligatures. At time zero, 2 mL of 0.9% saline prewarmed to 37° C. isinstilled into the jejunal loop. The loop is then returned into theabdomen and closed. VIP (30 g/kg/hour) is infused through the saphenousvein at the rate of 2.5 mL/hour for 30 minutes starting at time zero.GPR119 agonist (at a dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg) or saline (controls) areorally administered as bolus doses 15 min before starting VIP infusions.At the end of the experiment rats are sacrificed, and the jejunal loopexcised. The loop is then measured and weighed before and after removingthe instilled fluid. The net water flux expressed as L/cm/30 min iscalculated using the formula (F-E-2000)/L, where F and E are the weights(mg) of the loop before and after emptying the remaining fluid, L is thelength of the loop in cm, and 2000 is the volume in L of the fluidinstilled initially. Net absorption is indicated by a negative value andnet secretion by a positive value. Each dose is investigated in 6-8animals.

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is subcutaneous or intravenous.

Example 26 Effect of GPR119 Agonist on Intestinal Absorption in In VivoDog Model

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to increase absorption in intestinalepithelium using an in vivo dog model, essentially as described byBalasubramaniam et al (J Med Chem (2000) 43:3420-3427). Balasubramaniamet al (J Med Chem (2000) 43:3420-3427) also describe analogues of PYYhaving activity in this assay.

In vivo effects of GPR119 agonist on water and electrolyte absorption bythe jejunum, ileu, and colon under basal conditions are investigated inawake dogs with jejunal, ileal and/or colonal Thiry-Vella loopsessentially as described in greater detail in Bilchik et al(Gastroenterology (1993) 105:1441-1448) and Bilchik et al (Am J Surg(1994) 167:570-574). Each experiment consists of a 90-min basal periodfollowed by a 150-min experimental period. The small bowel segment isperfused through the proximal cannula at 2 mL/min using a roller pump.The perfusate, pH 7.4 maintained at 37° C., contained (in nmol/L) 140Na⁺, 5.2 K⁺, 119.8Cl⁻, 25 HCO₃, 1.2 Ca²⁺, 1.2 Mg²⁺, 2.4 HPO₂ ⁴⁻, 0.4H₂PO⁴⁻, 10 glucose and 10 μC [¹⁴C]poly(ethylene glycol) in 5 g/Lpoly(ethylene glycol). After a 20-min washout period, perfusate iscollected every 15 min for determination of Na⁺, Cl⁻ and water contents.

GPR119 agonist is administered per orally at a dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kgat time zero.

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is by intraluminal infusion at a dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg/hourstarting at time zero. A preferred infusion dose of the GPR119 agonistis 0.1-100 mg/kg/hour. Other preferred infusion dose is selected fromthe group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg/hour, 0.3 mg/kg/hour, 1.0 mg/kg/hour,3.0 mg/kg/hour, 10 mg/kg/hour, 30 mg/kg/hour and 100 mg/kg/hour.

Example 27 Inhibition of Diarrhea of Castor Oil-Induced Defecation andDiarrheal Symptom in Mice

A GPR119 agonist can be shown to inhibit diarrheal symptom using acastor oil-induced defecation and diarrheal symptom mouse modelessentially as described in EP 1902730.

C57BL/6 mice are used. Mice are individually housed in cages with afloor mat in an animal room with a controlled environment (temperature:23° C., relative humidity: 55%, light hours: from 7:00 till 19:00) withad libitum access to rodent chow (CE-2, Nippon CLEA) and drinking water.

GPR119 agonist (at a dose of, e.g., 30 mg/kg), conventionalantidiarrheal agent loperamide (1 mg/kg), conventional antidiarrhealagent atropine (10 mg/kg), or only vehicle are administered per oraladministration, intraperitoneal administration, intraperitonealadministration, and oral administration, respectively, to the mice, andat 15 minutes after the administration, castor oil (0.3 ml/animal) isorally administered to the mice. The fecal weight and diarrhea score(normal: 0, soft feces: 1, watery feces: 2) is measured in atime-dependent manner (1, 2, and 4 hours after administration). At thesame time, the same measurement is carried out for mice to which only avehicle is administered and castor oil is not administered.

A preferred dose of the GPR119 agonist is 0.1-100 mg/kg. Other preferreddose is selected from the group consisting of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 1.0mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg.

It is expressly contemplated that in other embodiment, administration ofthe agonist is other than oral, for example that administration of theagonist is intraperitoneal or intravenous.

Example 28 Oral Bioavailability

Physicochemico analytical approaches for directly assessing oralbioavailability of a compound of the invention, such as a GPR119agonist, a PYY secretagogue, a compound useful for treatment orprevention of a condition modulated by PYY, or a compound useful for amodulation of a PYY-related activity, are well known to those ofordinary skill in the art and may be used (see, e.g., withoutlimitation: Wong P C et al., Cardiovasc Drug Rev (2002) 20:137-52; andBuchan P et al., Headache (2002) Suppl 2:S54-62; the disclosure of eachof which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). By way offurther illustration and not limitation, said alternative analyticalapproaches may comprise liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry(Chavez-Eng C M et al., J Chromatogr B Analyt Technol Biomed Life Sci(2002) 767:117-29; Jetter A et al., Clin Pharmacol Ther (2002) 71:21-9;Zimmerman J J et al., J Clin Pharmacol (1999) 39:1155-61; and Barrish Aet al., Rapid Commun Mass Spectrom (1996) 10:1033-7; the disclosure ofeach of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).Recently, positron emission tomography (PET) has been successfully usedto obtain direct measurements of drug distribution, including oralbioavailability, in the mammalian body following oral administration ofthe drug (Gulyas et al., Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging (2002) 29:1031-8;the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in itsentirety).

While the foregoing specification teaches the principles of the presentinvention, with examples provided for the purpose of illustration, itwill be understood that the practice of the invention encompasses all ofthe usual variations, adaptions, or modifications, as come within thescope of the following claims and its equivalents.

What is claimed is:
 1. A method of preparing a pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising a G protein-coupled receptor 119 (GPR119) agonisthaving the effect of a peptide YY (PYY) secretagogue, the methodcomprising: (a) administering a GPR119 agonist to a vertebrate; and (b)determining whether the GPR119 agonist increases a PYY level in thevertebrate, wherein the ability of the GPR119 agonist to increase a PYYlevel in the vertebrate is indicative of the GPR119 agonist being a PYYsecretagogue; and (c) formulating the GPR119 agonist having the effectof a PYY secretagogue with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier as apharmaceutical composition.
 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the GPR119agonist is an agonist of human GPR119.
 3. The method of claim 1, whereinthe GPR119 agonist is orally available.
 4. The method of claim 1,wherein the GPR119 agonist is a selective GPR119 agonist.
 5. The methodof claim 1, wherein the GPR119 agonist has a selectivity for GPR119 overa corticotrophin releasing factor-1 (CRF-1) receptor.
 6. The method ofclaim 1, wherein the GPR119 agonist has an EC50 of less than 10 μM forelevating cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) in GPR119-transfectedcells.
 7. The method of claim 1, wherein the GPR119 agonist has an EC50of less than 1 μM for elevating cAMP in GPR119-transfected cells.
 8. Themethod of claim 1, wherein the GPR119 agonist has an EC50 of less than100 nM for elevating cAMP in GPR119-transfected cells.
 9. The method ofclaim 1, wherein the GPR119 agonist is a small molecule.
 10. The methodof claim 1, wherein the composition is in a dosage form.
 11. The methodof claim 1, wherein the vertebrate is a human.